xref: /NextBSD/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c (revision 84d351007654069f9643c8e4b4802a7f5f08ee42)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  */
30 
31 /*
32  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
33  *
34  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
35  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
36  * pool.
37  */
38 
39 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
40 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
41 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
42 #include <sys/zio.h>
43 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
44 #include <sys/dmu.h>
45 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
46 #include <sys/zap.h>
47 #include <sys/zil.h>
48 #include <sys/ddt.h>
49 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
51 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
52 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
53 #include <sys/txg.h>
54 #include <sys/avl.h>
55 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
56 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
57 #include <sys/unique.h>
58 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
59 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
60 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
61 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
62 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
63 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
64 #include <sys/arc.h>
65 #include <sys/callb.h>
66 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
67 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
68 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
69 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
70 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
72 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
73 #include <sys/zvol.h>
74 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
75 
76 #ifdef	_KERNEL
77 #include <sys/callb.h>
78 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
79 #include <sys/zone.h>
80 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
81 
82 #include "zfs_prop.h"
83 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
84 
85 /* Check hostid on import? */
86 static int check_hostid = 1;
87 
88 /*
89  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
90  * should be retried.
91  */
92 static int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
93 
94 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
95 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
96     "Check hostid on import?");
97 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
98 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
99     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
100     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
101 
102 typedef enum zti_modes {
103 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
104 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
105 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
106 	ZTI_NMODES
107 } zti_modes_t;
108 
109 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
110 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
111 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
112 
113 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
114 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
115 
116 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
117 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
118 	uint_t zti_value;
119 	uint_t zti_count;
120 } zio_taskq_info_t;
121 
122 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
123 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
124 };
125 
126 /*
127  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
128  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
129  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
130  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
131  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
132  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
133  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
134  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
135  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
136  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
137  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
138  *
139  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
140  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
141  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
142  */
143 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
144 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
145 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
146 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
147 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
148 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
149 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
150 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
151 };
152 
153 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
154 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
155 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
156 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
157     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
158     char **ereport);
159 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
160 
161 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
162 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
163 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
164 #endif
165 #ifdef SYSDC
166 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
167 #endif
168 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
169 
170 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
171 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
172 
173 #ifndef illumos
174 extern void spa_deadman(void *arg);
175 #endif
176 
177 /*
178  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
179  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
180  */
181 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
182 
183 /*
184  * ==========================================================================
185  * SPA properties routines
186  * ==========================================================================
187  */
188 
189 /*
190  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
191  */
192 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)193 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
194     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
195 {
196 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
197 	nvlist_t *propval;
198 
199 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
200 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
201 
202 	if (strval != NULL)
203 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
204 	else
205 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
206 
207 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
208 	nvlist_free(propval);
209 }
210 
211 /*
212  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
213  */
214 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)215 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
216 {
217 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
218 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
219 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
220 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
221 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
222 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
223 
224 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
225 
226 	if (rvd != NULL) {
227 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
228 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
229 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
230 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
231 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
232 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
233 		    size - alloc, src);
234 
235 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
236 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
237 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
238 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
239 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
240 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
241 
242 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
243 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
244 
245 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
246 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
247 
248 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
249 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
250 
251 		version = spa_version(spa);
252 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
253 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
254 		else
255 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
256 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
257 	}
258 
259 	if (pool != NULL) {
260 		/*
261 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
262 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
263 		 */
264 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
265 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
266 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
267 			    src);
268 		} else {
269 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
270 			    NULL, 0, src);
271 		}
272 
273 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
274 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
275 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
276 			    src);
277 		} else {
278 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
279 			    NULL, 0, src);
280 		}
281 	}
282 
283 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
284 
285 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
286 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
287 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
288 	}
289 
290 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
291 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
292 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
293 
294 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
295 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
296 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
297 	} else {
298 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
299 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
300 	}
301 
302 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
303 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
304 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
305 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
306 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
307 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
308 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
309 		}
310 	}
311 }
312 
313 /*
314  * Get zpool property values.
315  */
316 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)317 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
318 {
319 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
320 	zap_cursor_t zc;
321 	zap_attribute_t za;
322 	int err;
323 
324 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
325 
326 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
327 
328 	/*
329 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
330 	 */
331 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
332 
333 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
334 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
335 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
336 		return (0);
337 	}
338 
339 	/*
340 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
341 	 */
342 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
343 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
344 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
345 		uint64_t intval = 0;
346 		char *strval = NULL;
347 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
348 		zpool_prop_t prop;
349 
350 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
351 			continue;
352 
353 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
354 		case 8:
355 			/* integer property */
356 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
357 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
358 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
359 
360 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
361 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
362 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
363 
364 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
365 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
366 				if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
367 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
368 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
369 					break;
370 				}
371 
372 				strval = kmem_alloc(
373 				    MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1,
374 				    KM_SLEEP);
375 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
376 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
377 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
378 			} else {
379 				strval = NULL;
380 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
381 			}
382 
383 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
384 
385 			if (strval != NULL)
386 				kmem_free(strval,
387 				    MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1);
388 
389 			break;
390 
391 		case 1:
392 			/* string property */
393 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
394 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
395 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
396 			if (err) {
397 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
398 				break;
399 			}
400 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
401 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
402 			break;
403 
404 		default:
405 			break;
406 		}
407 	}
408 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
409 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
410 out:
411 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
412 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
413 		*nvp = NULL;
414 		return (err);
415 	}
416 
417 	return (0);
418 }
419 
420 /*
421  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
422  * for the property values to be set.
423  */
424 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)425 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
426 {
427 	nvpair_t *elem;
428 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
429 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
430 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
431 
432 	elem = NULL;
433 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
434 		uint64_t intval;
435 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
436 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
437 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
438 
439 		switch (prop) {
440 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
441 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
442 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
443 				break;
444 			}
445 
446 			/*
447 			 * Sanitize the input.
448 			 */
449 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
450 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
451 				break;
452 			}
453 
454 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
455 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
456 				break;
457 			}
458 
459 			if (intval != 0) {
460 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
461 				break;
462 			}
463 
464 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
465 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
466 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
467 				break;
468 			}
469 
470 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
471 			break;
472 
473 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
474 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
475 			if (!error &&
476 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
477 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
478 			    has_feature))
479 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
480 			break;
481 
482 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
483 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
484 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
485 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
486 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
487 			if (!error && intval > 1)
488 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
489 			break;
490 
491 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
492 			/*
493 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
494 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
495 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
496 			 */
497 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
498 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
499 				break;
500 			}
501 
502 			/*
503 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
504 			 */
505 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
506 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
507 				break;
508 			}
509 
510 			reset_bootfs = 1;
511 
512 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
513 
514 			if (!error) {
515 				objset_t *os;
516 				uint64_t propval;
517 
518 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
519 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
520 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
521 					break;
522 				}
523 
524 				if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
525 					break;
526 
527 				/*
528 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
529 				 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
530 				 * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
531 				 */
532 
533 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
534 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
535 				} else if ((error =
536 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
537 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
538 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
539 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
540 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
541 				} else if ((error =
542 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
543 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_RECORDSIZE),
544 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
545 				    propval > SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE) {
546 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
547 				} else {
548 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
549 				}
550 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
551 			}
552 			break;
553 
554 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
555 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
556 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
557 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
558 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
559 
560 			/*
561 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
562 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
563 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
564 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
565 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
566 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
567 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
568 			 * error.
569 			 */
570 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
571 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
572 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
573 			}
574 			break;
575 
576 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
577 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
578 				break;
579 
580 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
581 				break;
582 
583 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
584 				break;
585 
586 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
587 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
588 				break;
589 			}
590 
591 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
592 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
593 
594 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
595 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
596 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
597 			break;
598 
599 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
600 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
601 				break;
602 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
603 				/*
604 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
605 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
606 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
607 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
608 				 */
609 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
610 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
611 					break;
612 				}
613 				check++;
614 			}
615 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
616 				error = E2BIG;
617 			break;
618 
619 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
620 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
621 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
622 			else
623 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
624 			if (error == 0 &&
625 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
626 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
627 			break;
628 		}
629 
630 		if (error)
631 			break;
632 	}
633 
634 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
635 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
636 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
637 
638 		if (!error) {
639 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
640 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
641 		}
642 	}
643 
644 	return (error);
645 }
646 
647 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)648 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
649 {
650 	char *cachefile;
651 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
652 
653 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
654 	    &cachefile) != 0)
655 		return;
656 
657 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
658 	    KM_SLEEP);
659 
660 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
661 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
662 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
663 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
664 	else
665 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
666 
667 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
668 	if (need_sync)
669 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
670 }
671 
672 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)673 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
674 {
675 	int error;
676 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
677 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
678 
679 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
680 		return (error);
681 
682 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
683 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
684 
685 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
686 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
687 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
688 			continue;
689 
690 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
691 			uint64_t ver;
692 
693 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
694 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
695 			} else {
696 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
697 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
698 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
699 			}
700 
701 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
702 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
703 				continue;
704 
705 			/*
706 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
707 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
708 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
709 			 * feature descriptions object.
710 			 */
711 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
712 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
713 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
714 			if (error)
715 				return (error);
716 			continue;
717 		}
718 
719 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
720 		break;
721 	}
722 
723 	if (need_sync) {
724 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
725 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
726 	}
727 
728 	return (0);
729 }
730 
731 /*
732  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
733  */
734 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)735 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
736 {
737 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
738 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
739 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
740 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
741 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
742 	}
743 }
744 
745 /*ARGSUSED*/
746 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)747 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
748 {
749 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
750 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
751 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
752 	uint64_t vdev_state;
753 
754 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
755 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
756 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
757 
758 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
759 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
760 
761 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
762 
763 	return (0);
764 }
765 
766 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)767 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
768 {
769 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
770 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
771 	uint64_t oldguid;
772 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
773 
774 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
775 
776 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
777 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
778 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
779 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
780 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
781 
782 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
783 	    oldguid, *newguid);
784 }
785 
786 /*
787  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
788  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
789  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
790  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
791  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
792  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
793  * sysevent to update any watchers.
794  */
795 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)796 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
797 {
798 	int error;
799 	uint64_t guid;
800 
801 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
802 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
803 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
804 
805 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
806 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
807 
808 	if (error == 0) {
809 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
810 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
811 	}
812 
813 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
814 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
815 
816 	return (error);
817 }
818 
819 /*
820  * ==========================================================================
821  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
822  * ==========================================================================
823  */
824 
825 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)826 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
827 {
828 	spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
829 	spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
830 	int ret;
831 
832 	ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
833 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
834 
835 	if (ret < 0)
836 		return (-1);
837 	else if (ret > 0)
838 		return (1);
839 	else
840 		return (0);
841 }
842 
843 /*
844  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
845  * re-initializes them in the process.
846  */
847 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)848 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
849 {
850 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
851 
852 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
853 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
854 
855 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
856 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
857 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
858 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
859 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
860 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
861 }
862 
863 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)864 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
865 {
866 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
867 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
868 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
869 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
870 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
871 	char name[32];
872 	uint_t flags = 0;
873 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
874 
875 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
876 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
877 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
878 		return;
879 	}
880 
881 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
882 
883 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
884 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
885 
886 	switch (mode) {
887 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
888 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
889 		value = MAX(value, 1);
890 		break;
891 
892 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
893 		batch = B_TRUE;
894 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
895 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
896 		break;
897 
898 	default:
899 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
900 		    "spa_activate()",
901 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
902 		break;
903 	}
904 
905 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
906 		taskq_t *tq;
907 
908 		if (count > 1) {
909 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
910 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
911 		} else {
912 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
913 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
914 		}
915 
916 #ifdef SYSDC
917 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
918 			if (batch)
919 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
920 
921 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
922 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
923 		} else {
924 #endif
925 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
926 			/*
927 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
928 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
929 			 * than the other taskqs.
930 			 */
931 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
932 				pri--;
933 
934 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
935 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
936 #ifdef SYSDC
937 		}
938 #endif
939 
940 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
941 	}
942 }
943 
944 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)945 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
946 {
947 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
948 
949 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
950 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
951 		return;
952 	}
953 
954 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
955 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
956 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
957 	}
958 
959 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
960 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
961 }
962 
963 /*
964  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
965  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
966  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
967  * the low bits of gethrtime().
968  */
969 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)970 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
971     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
972 {
973 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
974 	taskq_t *tq;
975 
976 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
977 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
978 
979 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
980 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
981 	} else {
982 #ifdef _KERNEL
983 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[cpu_ticks() % tqs->stqs_count];
984 #else
985 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
986 #endif
987 	}
988 
989 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
990 }
991 
992 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)993 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
994 {
995 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
996 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
997 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
998 		}
999 	}
1000 }
1001 
1002 #ifdef _KERNEL
1003 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1004 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1005 spa_thread(void *arg)
1006 {
1007 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1008 
1009 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1010 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1011 
1012 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1013 	    spa->spa_name);
1014 
1015 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1016 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1017 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1018 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1019 
1020 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1021 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1022 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1023 		pool_lock();
1024 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1025 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1026 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1027 
1028 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1029 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1030 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1031 		} else {
1032 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1033 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1034 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1035 		}
1036 
1037 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1038 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1039 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1040 		pool_unlock();
1041 	}
1042 #endif
1043 
1044 #ifdef SYSDC
1045 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1046 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1047 	}
1048 #endif
1049 
1050 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1051 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1052 
1053 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1054 
1055 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1056 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1057 
1058 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1059 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1060 
1061 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1062 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1063 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1064 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1065 
1066 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1067 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1068 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1069 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1070 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1071 
1072 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1073 	lwp_exit();
1074 }
1075 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1076 #endif
1077 
1078 /*
1079  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1080  */
1081 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1082 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1083 {
1084 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1085 
1086 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1087 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1088 
1089 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1090 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1091 
1092 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1093 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1094 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1095 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1096 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1097 
1098 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1099 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1100 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1101 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1102 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1103 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1104 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1105 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1106 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1107 			}
1108 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1109 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1110 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1111 		} else {
1112 #ifdef _KERNEL
1113 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1114 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1115 			    spa->spa_name);
1116 #endif
1117 		}
1118 	}
1119 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1120 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1121 
1122 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1123 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1124 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1125 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1126 	}
1127 
1128 	/*
1129 	 * Start TRIM thread.
1130 	 */
1131 	trim_thread_create(spa);
1132 
1133 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1134 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1135 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1136 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1137 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1138 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1139 
1140 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
1141 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1142 
1143 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1144 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1145 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1146 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1147 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1148 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1149 }
1150 
1151 /*
1152  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1153  */
1154 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1155 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1156 {
1157 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1158 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1159 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1160 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1161 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1162 
1163 	/*
1164 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1165 	 * before spa_deactivate().
1166 	 */
1167 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1168 
1169 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1170 
1171 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1172 
1173 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1174 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1175 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1176 
1177 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1178 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1179 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1180 		}
1181 	}
1182 
1183 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1184 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1185 
1186 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1187 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1188 
1189 	/*
1190 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1191 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1192 	 */
1193 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1194 
1195 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1196 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1197 
1198 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1199 
1200 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1201 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1202 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1203 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1204 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1205 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1206 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1207 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1208 		}
1209 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1210 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1211 	}
1212 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1213 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1214 
1215 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1216 	/*
1217 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1218 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1219 	 * it.
1220 	 */
1221 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1222 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1223 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1224 	}
1225 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1226 }
1227 
1228 /*
1229  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1230  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1231  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1232  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1233  */
1234 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1235 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1236     uint_t id, int atype)
1237 {
1238 	nvlist_t **child;
1239 	uint_t children;
1240 	int error;
1241 
1242 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1243 		return (error);
1244 
1245 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1246 		return (0);
1247 
1248 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1249 	    &child, &children);
1250 
1251 	if (error == ENOENT)
1252 		return (0);
1253 
1254 	if (error) {
1255 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1256 		*vdp = NULL;
1257 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1258 	}
1259 
1260 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1261 		vdev_t *vd;
1262 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1263 		    atype)) != 0) {
1264 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1265 			*vdp = NULL;
1266 			return (error);
1267 		}
1268 	}
1269 
1270 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1271 
1272 	return (0);
1273 }
1274 
1275 /*
1276  * Opposite of spa_load().
1277  */
1278 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1279 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1280 {
1281 	int i;
1282 
1283 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1284 
1285 	/*
1286 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
1287 	 */
1288 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1289 
1290 	/*
1291 	 * Stop async tasks.
1292 	 */
1293 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1294 
1295 	/*
1296 	 * Stop syncing.
1297 	 */
1298 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1299 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1300 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1301 	}
1302 
1303 	/*
1304 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1305 	 */
1306 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1307 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1308 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1309 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1310 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1311 	}
1312 
1313 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1314 
1315 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1316 
1317 	/*
1318 	 * Close all vdevs.
1319 	 */
1320 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1321 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1322 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1323 
1324 	/*
1325 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1326 	 */
1327 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1328 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1329 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1330 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1331 	}
1332 
1333 	ddt_unload(spa);
1334 
1335 
1336 	/*
1337 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1338 	 */
1339 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1340 
1341 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1342 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1343 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1344 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1345 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1346 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1347 	}
1348 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1349 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1350 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1351 	}
1352 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1353 
1354 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1355 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1356 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1357 	}
1358 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1359 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1360 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1361 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1362 	}
1363 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1364 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1365 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1366 	}
1367 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1368 
1369 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1370 
1371 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1372 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1373 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1374 	}
1375 
1376 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1377 }
1378 
1379 /*
1380  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1381  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1382  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1383  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1384  */
1385 static void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1386 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1387 {
1388 	nvlist_t **spares;
1389 	uint_t nspares;
1390 	int i;
1391 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1392 
1393 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1394 
1395 	/*
1396 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1397 	 */
1398 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1399 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1400 
1401 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1402 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1403 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1404 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1405 		vdev_close(vd);
1406 		vdev_free(vd);
1407 	}
1408 
1409 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1410 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1411 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1412 
1413 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1414 		nspares = 0;
1415 	else
1416 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1417 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1418 
1419 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1420 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1421 
1422 	if (nspares == 0)
1423 		return;
1424 
1425 	/*
1426 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1427 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1428 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1429 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1430 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1431 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1432 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1433 	 */
1434 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1435 	    KM_SLEEP);
1436 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1437 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1438 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1439 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1440 
1441 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1442 
1443 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1444 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1445 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1446 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1447 
1448 			/*
1449 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1450 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1451 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1452 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1453 			 * is actively in use.
1454 			 *
1455 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1456 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1457 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1458 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1459 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1460 			 */
1461 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1462 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1463 		}
1464 
1465 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1466 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1467 
1468 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1469 			continue;
1470 
1471 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1472 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1473 	}
1474 
1475 	/*
1476 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1477 	 * this time.
1478 	 */
1479 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1480 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1481 
1482 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1483 	    KM_SLEEP);
1484 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1485 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1486 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1487 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1488 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1489 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1490 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1491 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1492 }
1493 
1494 /*
1495  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1496  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1497  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1498  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1499  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1500  * not re-opened.
1501  */
1502 static void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1503 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1504 {
1505 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1506 	uint_t nl2cache;
1507 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1508 	uint64_t guid;
1509 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1510 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1511 
1512 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1513 
1514 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1515 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1516 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1517 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1518 	} else {
1519 		nl2cache = 0;
1520 		newvdevs = NULL;
1521 	}
1522 
1523 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1524 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1525 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1526 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1527 
1528 	/*
1529 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1530 	 */
1531 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1532 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1533 		    &guid) == 0);
1534 
1535 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1536 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1537 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1538 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1539 				/*
1540 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1541 				 */
1542 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1543 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1544 				break;
1545 			}
1546 		}
1547 
1548 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1549 			/*
1550 			 * Create new vdev
1551 			 */
1552 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1553 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1554 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1555 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1556 
1557 			/*
1558 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1559 			 * even if it fails to open.
1560 			 */
1561 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1562 
1563 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1564 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1565 
1566 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1567 
1568 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1569 				continue;
1570 
1571 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1572 
1573 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1574 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1575 		}
1576 	}
1577 
1578 	/*
1579 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1580 	 */
1581 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1582 		uint64_t pool;
1583 
1584 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1585 		if (vd != NULL) {
1586 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1587 
1588 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1589 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1590 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1591 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1592 			vdev_free(vd);
1593 		}
1594 	}
1595 
1596 	if (oldvdevs)
1597 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1598 
1599 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1600 		goto out;
1601 
1602 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1603 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1604 
1605 	/*
1606 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1607 	 * information this time.
1608 	 */
1609 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1610 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1611 
1612 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1613 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1614 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1615 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1616 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1617 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1618 out:
1619 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1620 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1621 	if (sav->sav_count)
1622 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1623 }
1624 
1625 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1626 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1627 {
1628 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1629 	char *packed = NULL;
1630 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1631 	int error;
1632 	*value = NULL;
1633 
1634 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1635 	if (error != 0)
1636 		return (error);
1637 
1638 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1639 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1640 
1641 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1642 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1643 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1644 	if (error == 0)
1645 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1646 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1647 
1648 	return (error);
1649 }
1650 
1651 /*
1652  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1653  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1654  */
1655 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1656 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1657 {
1658 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1659 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1660 
1661 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1662 	    !vd->vdev_ishole) {
1663 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1664 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1665 	}
1666 }
1667 
1668 /*
1669  * Validate the current config against the MOS config
1670  */
1671 static boolean_t
spa_config_valid(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)1672 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1673 {
1674 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1675 	nvlist_t *nv;
1676 
1677 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
1678 
1679 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1680 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
1681 
1682 	ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
1683 
1684 	/*
1685 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1686 	 * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
1687 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1688 	 */
1689 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1690 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1691 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1692 
1693 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1694 		    KM_SLEEP);
1695 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1696 
1697 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1698 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1699 			vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1700 
1701 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1702 			    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
1703 			    mtvd->vdev_islog)
1704 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
1705 				    B_FALSE, 0);
1706 		}
1707 
1708 		if (idx) {
1709 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1710 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
1711 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1712 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
1713 
1714 			for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1715 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1716 		}
1717 		nvlist_free(nv);
1718 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1719 	}
1720 
1721 	/*
1722 	 * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
1723 	 * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
1724 	 * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
1725 	 */
1726 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1727 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1728 		vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1729 
1730 		/*
1731 		 * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
1732 		 * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
1733 		 * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
1734 		 */
1735 		if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1736 		    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
1737 
1738 			if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
1739 				continue;
1740 
1741 			/*
1742 			 * Device specific actions.
1743 			 */
1744 			if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1745 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1746 			} else {
1747 				/*
1748 				 * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
1749 				 * support we should be able to handle
1750 				 * missing data devices by transitioning
1751 				 * the pool to readonly.
1752 				 */
1753 				continue;
1754 			}
1755 
1756 			/*
1757 			 * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
1758 			 * able to obtain from the MOS config.
1759 			 */
1760 			vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
1761 			vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
1762 
1763 			vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
1764 			vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
1765 
1766 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1767 			vdev_load(mtvd);
1768 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1769 
1770 			vdev_reopen(rvd);
1771 		} else if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1772 			/*
1773 			 * Load the slog device's state from the MOS config
1774 			 * since it's possible that the label does not
1775 			 * contain the most up-to-date information.
1776 			 */
1777 			vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
1778 			vdev_reopen(tvd);
1779 		}
1780 	}
1781 	vdev_free(mrvd);
1782 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1783 
1784 	/*
1785 	 * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
1786 	 */
1787 	return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
1788 }
1789 
1790 /*
1791  * Check for missing log devices
1792  */
1793 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1794 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1795 {
1796 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1797 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1798 
1799 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1800 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1801 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1802 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1803 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1804 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1805 		if (rv)
1806 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1807 		break;
1808 	}
1809 	return (rv);
1810 }
1811 
1812 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)1813 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1814 {
1815 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1816 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1817 
1818 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1819 
1820 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1821 		return (B_FALSE);
1822 
1823 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1824 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1825 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1826 
1827 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1828 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1829 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
1830 		}
1831 	}
1832 
1833 	return (slog_found);
1834 }
1835 
1836 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)1837 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1838 {
1839 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1840 
1841 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1842 
1843 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1844 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1845 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1846 
1847 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1848 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1849 	}
1850 }
1851 
1852 int
spa_offline_log(spa_t * spa)1853 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
1854 {
1855 	int error;
1856 
1857 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
1858 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1859 	if (error == 0) {
1860 		/*
1861 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1862 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1863 		 * by zil_sync().
1864 		 */
1865 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1866 	}
1867 	return (error);
1868 }
1869 
1870 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)1871 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
1872 {
1873 	int i;
1874 
1875 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1876 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
1877 }
1878 
1879 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)1880 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
1881 {
1882 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1883 
1884 	if (zio->io_error)
1885 		return;
1886 
1887 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
1888 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
1889 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
1890 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
1891 }
1892 
1893 typedef struct spa_load_error {
1894 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
1895 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
1896 } spa_load_error_t;
1897 
1898 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)1899 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
1900 {
1901 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
1902 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
1903 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
1904 	int error = zio->io_error;
1905 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1906 
1907 	if (error) {
1908 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
1909 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
1910 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
1911 		else
1912 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
1913 	}
1914 	zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
1915 
1916 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1917 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight--;
1918 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
1919 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1920 }
1921 
1922 /*
1923  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
1924  * a pool while importing it.
1925  */
1926 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
1927 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
1928 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
1929 
1930 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1931     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
1932     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
1933     "pool while importing it");
1934 
1935 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1936     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
1937     "Check metadata on import?");
1938 
1939 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1940     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
1941     "Check user data on import?");
1942 
1943 /*ARGSUSED*/
1944 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)1945 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
1946     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
1947 {
1948 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
1949 		return (0);
1950 	/*
1951 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
1952 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
1953 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
1954 	 */
1955 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
1956 		return (0);
1957 	if (BP_GET_BUFC_TYPE(bp) == ARC_BUFC_DATA && !spa_load_verify_data)
1958 		return (0);
1959 
1960 	zio_t *rio = arg;
1961 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
1962 	void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
1963 
1964 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1965 	while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
1966 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1967 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight++;
1968 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1969 
1970 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
1971 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
1972 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
1973 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
1974 	return (0);
1975 }
1976 
1977 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)1978 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
1979 {
1980 	zio_t *rio;
1981 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
1982 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
1983 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
1984 	int error = 0;
1985 
1986 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
1987 
1988 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
1989 		return (0);
1990 
1991 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
1992 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
1993 
1994 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
1995 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
1996 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
1997 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
1998 	}
1999 
2000 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2001 
2002 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2003 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2004 
2005 	if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
2006 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
2007 		int64_t loss = 0;
2008 
2009 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2010 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2011 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2012 
2013 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2014 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2015 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2016 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2017 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2018 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2019 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2020 	} else {
2021 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2022 	}
2023 
2024 	if (error) {
2025 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2026 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2027 		return (error);
2028 	}
2029 
2030 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2031 }
2032 
2033 /*
2034  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2035  */
2036 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2037 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2038 {
2039 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2040 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2041 }
2042 
2043 /*
2044  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2045  */
2046 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val)2047 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
2048 {
2049 	return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2050 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
2051 }
2052 
2053 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2054 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2055 {
2056 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2057 	return (err);
2058 }
2059 
2060 /*
2061  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2062  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2063  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2064  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2065  *
2066  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2067  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2068  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2069  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2070  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2071  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2072  *
2073  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2074  * the original pool.
2075  */
2076 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2077 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2078 {
2079 	uint_t extracted;
2080 	uint64_t *glist;
2081 	uint_t i, gcount;
2082 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2083 	vdev_t **vd;
2084 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2085 
2086 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2087 		return;
2088 
2089 	/* check that the config is complete */
2090 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2091 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2092 		return;
2093 
2094 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2095 
2096 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2097 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2098 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2099 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2100 			continue;
2101 
2102 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2103 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2104 			/*
2105 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2106 			 * just do the split.
2107 			 */
2108 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2109 		} else {
2110 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2111 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2112 		}
2113 	}
2114 
2115 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2116 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2117 
2118 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2119 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2120 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2121 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2122 				break;
2123 			++extracted;
2124 		}
2125 	}
2126 
2127 	/*
2128 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2129 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2130 	 * good.
2131 	 */
2132 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2133 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2134 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2135 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2136 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2137 	}
2138 
2139 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2140 }
2141 
2142 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig)2143 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
2144     boolean_t mosconfig)
2145 {
2146 	nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
2147 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2148 	char *comment;
2149 	int error;
2150 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2151 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2152 
2153 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
2154 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2155 
2156 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2157 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2158 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2159 
2160 	/*
2161 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2162 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2163 	 */
2164 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2165 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2166 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2167 
2168 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2169 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2170 
2171 	if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2172 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2173 		error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
2174 	} else {
2175 		spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2176 
2177 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
2178 		    &nvl) == 0) {
2179 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
2180 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2181 		}
2182 
2183 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2184 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2185 
2186 		gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2187 		error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
2188 		    mosconfig, &ereport);
2189 	}
2190 
2191 	/*
2192 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2193 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2194 	 */
2195 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2196 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2197 	if (error) {
2198 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2199 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2200 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2201 		}
2202 		if (error != EBADF) {
2203 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2204 		}
2205 	}
2206 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2207 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2208 
2209 	return (error);
2210 }
2211 
2212 /*
2213  * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
2214  * source of configuration information.
2215  */
2216 static int
spa_load_impl(spa_t * spa,uint64_t pool_guid,nvlist_t * config,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig,char ** ereport)2217 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
2218     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
2219     char **ereport)
2220 {
2221 	int error = 0;
2222 	nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
2223 	nvlist_t *label;
2224 	vdev_t *rvd;
2225 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2226 	uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
2227 	int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
2228 	int parse;
2229 	uint64_t obj;
2230 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
2231 
2232 	/*
2233 	 * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
2234 	 * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
2235 	 */
2236 	if (!mosconfig)
2237 		spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
2238 
2239 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2240 
2241 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2242 
2243 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
2244 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2245 
2246 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2247 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2248 
2249 	/*
2250 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2251 	 */
2252 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2253 	    KM_SLEEP);
2254 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2255 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2256 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2257 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2258 	}
2259 
2260 	/*
2261 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2262 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2263 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2264 	 */
2265 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2266 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
2267 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2268 
2269 	if (error != 0)
2270 		return (error);
2271 
2272 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2273 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2274 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2275 
2276 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2277 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2278 	}
2279 
2280 	/*
2281 	 * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
2282 	 */
2283 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2284 	error = vdev_open(rvd);
2285 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2286 	if (error != 0)
2287 		return (error);
2288 
2289 	/*
2290 	 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2291 	 * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
2292 	 * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
2293 	 * that config.  Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
2294 	 * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
2295 	 * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
2296 	 * the vdev config.
2297 	 *
2298 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
2299 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
2300 	 * validation for now.
2301 	 */
2302 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2303 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2304 		error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
2305 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2306 
2307 		if (error != 0)
2308 			return (error);
2309 
2310 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2311 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2312 	}
2313 
2314 	/*
2315 	 * Find the best uberblock.
2316 	 */
2317 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2318 
2319 	/*
2320 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2321 	 */
2322 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2323 		nvlist_free(label);
2324 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2325 	}
2326 
2327 	/*
2328 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2329 	 */
2330 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2331 		nvlist_free(label);
2332 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2333 	}
2334 
2335 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2336 		nvlist_t *features;
2337 
2338 		/*
2339 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2340 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2341 		 */
2342 		if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
2343 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
2344 			nvlist_free(label);
2345 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2346 			    ENXIO));
2347 		}
2348 
2349 		/*
2350 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2351 		 * from the label.
2352 		 */
2353 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2354 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2355 	}
2356 
2357 	nvlist_free(label);
2358 
2359 	/*
2360 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2361 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2362 	 * cannot open a pool.
2363 	 */
2364 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2365 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2366 
2367 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2368 		    0);
2369 
2370 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2371 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
2372 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2373 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2374 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2375 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2376 			}
2377 		}
2378 
2379 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2380 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2381 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2382 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2383 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2384 			    ENOTSUP));
2385 		}
2386 
2387 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2388 	}
2389 
2390 	/*
2391 	 * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
2392 	 * incomplete configuration.  We first check to see if the pool
2393 	 * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
2394 	 * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
2395 	 * can handle missing vdevs.
2396 	 */
2397 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
2398 	    &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
2399 	    rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
2400 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2401 
2402 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2403 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2404 		spa_try_repair(spa, config);
2405 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2406 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2407 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2408 	}
2409 
2410 	/*
2411 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2412 	 */
2413 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2414 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2415 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2416 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2417 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2418 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2419 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2420 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2421 
2422 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2423 	if (error)
2424 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2425 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2426 
2427 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
2428 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2429 
2430 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2431 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2432 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2433 
2434 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2435 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
2436 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2437 		}
2438 
2439 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2440 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
2441 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2442 		}
2443 
2444 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
2445 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
2446 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2447 		}
2448 
2449 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2450 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2451 
2452 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
2453 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
2454 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
2455 
2456 		if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2457 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
2458 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
2459 				missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
2460 			}
2461 		}
2462 
2463 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2464 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
2465 
2466 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2467 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2468 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
2469 		}
2470 
2471 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
2472 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2473 
2474 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
2475 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
2476 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
2477 		}
2478 
2479 		/*
2480 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
2481 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
2482 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
2483 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
2484 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
2485 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
2486 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
2487 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
2488 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
2489 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
2490 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
2491 		 *
2492 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
2493 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
2494 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
2495 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
2496 		 * abovementioned note.
2497 		 */
2498 		if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
2499 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
2500 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2501 			    ENOTSUP));
2502 		}
2503 
2504 		/*
2505 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
2506 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
2507 		 */
2508 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
2509 			uint64_t refcount;
2510 
2511 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
2512 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
2513 			if (error == 0) {
2514 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
2515 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
2516 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
2517 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
2518 			} else {
2519 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2520 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2521 			}
2522 		}
2523 	}
2524 
2525 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
2526 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
2527 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj) != 0)
2528 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2529 	}
2530 
2531 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
2532 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2533 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2534 	if (error != 0)
2535 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2536 
2537 	if (!mosconfig) {
2538 		uint64_t hostid;
2539 		nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
2540 
2541 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2542 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2543 
2544 		if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
2545 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2546 			char *hostname;
2547 			unsigned long myhostid = 0;
2548 
2549 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
2550 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
2551 
2552 #ifdef	_KERNEL
2553 			myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2554 #else	/* _KERNEL */
2555 			/*
2556 			 * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
2557 			 * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
2558 			 */
2559 			(void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
2560 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
2561 			if (check_hostid && hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
2562 			    hostid != myhostid) {
2563 				nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2564 				cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2565 				    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2566 				    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
2567 				    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2568 				    spa_name(spa), hostname,
2569 				    (unsigned long)hostid);
2570 				return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2571 			}
2572 		}
2573 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
2574 		    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
2575 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
2576 			    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
2577 
2578 		spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
2579 		spa_unload(spa);
2580 		spa_deactivate(spa);
2581 		spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
2582 
2583 		return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
2584 	}
2585 
2586 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
2587 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2588 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
2589 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
2590 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
2591 	if (error == ENOENT) {
2592 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
2593 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
2594 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
2595 	} else if (error != 0) {
2596 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2597 	}
2598 
2599 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
2600 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2601 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
2602 	if (error != 0)
2603 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2604 
2605 	/*
2606 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
2607 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
2608 	 * be present.
2609 	 */
2610 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
2611 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2612 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2613 
2614 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
2615 	    &spa->spa_creation_version);
2616 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2617 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2618 
2619 	/*
2620 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
2621 	 * not be present.
2622 	 */
2623 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
2624 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2625 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2626 
2627 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
2628 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
2629 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2630 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2631 
2632 	/*
2633 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
2634 	 * will not be present.
2635 	 */
2636 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
2637 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2638 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2639 
2640 	/*
2641 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
2642 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
2643 	 * devices.
2644 	 */
2645 
2646 	/*
2647 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
2648 	 */
2649 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
2650 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2651 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2652 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2653 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
2654 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
2655 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
2656 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2657 
2658 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2659 		spa_load_spares(spa);
2660 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2661 	} else if (error == 0) {
2662 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2663 	}
2664 
2665 	/*
2666 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
2667 	 */
2668 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
2669 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
2670 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2671 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2672 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2673 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
2674 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
2675 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
2676 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2677 
2678 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2679 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
2680 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2681 	} else if (error == 0) {
2682 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2683 	}
2684 
2685 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
2686 
2687 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
2688 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
2689 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2690 
2691 	if (error == 0) {
2692 		uint64_t autoreplace;
2693 
2694 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
2695 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
2696 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
2697 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
2698 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
2699 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
2700 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
2701 
2702 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
2703 	}
2704 
2705 	/*
2706 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
2707 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
2708 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
2709 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
2710 	 * over.
2711 	 */
2712 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2713 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2714 		/*
2715 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
2716 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
2717 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
2718 		 */
2719 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
2720 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
2721 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
2722 		}
2723 	}
2724 
2725 	/*
2726 	 * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
2727 	 */
2728 	vdev_load(rvd);
2729 
2730 	/*
2731 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
2732 	 */
2733 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2734 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
2735 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2736 
2737 	/*
2738 	 * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
2739 	 */
2740 	error = ddt_load(spa);
2741 	if (error != 0)
2742 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2743 
2744 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
2745 
2746 	/*
2747 	 * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
2748 	 * information which might be missing.  If we fail to validate
2749 	 * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
2750 	 * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
2751 	 * over.
2752 	 */
2753 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2754 		nvlist_t *nvconfig;
2755 
2756 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2757 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2758 
2759 		if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
2760 			nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2761 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2762 			    ENXIO));
2763 		}
2764 		nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2765 
2766 		/*
2767 		 * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
2768 		 * root vdev.  If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
2769 		 * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
2770 		 */
2771 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2772 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2773 
2774 		if (spa_writeable(spa) && spa_check_logs(spa)) {
2775 			*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
2776 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
2777 		}
2778 	}
2779 
2780 	if (missing_feat_write) {
2781 		ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2782 
2783 		/*
2784 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
2785 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
2786 		 * information and can return to userland.
2787 		 */
2788 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
2789 	}
2790 
2791 	/*
2792 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
2793 	 * to start pushing transactions.
2794 	 */
2795 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2796 		if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
2797 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2798 			    error));
2799 	}
2800 
2801 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2802 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
2803 		dmu_tx_t *tx;
2804 		int need_update = B_FALSE;
2805 		dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2806 
2807 		ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2808 
2809 		/*
2810 		 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
2811 		 * This must all happen in a single txg.
2812 		 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
2813 		 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
2814 		 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
2815 		 */
2816 		spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
2817 
2818 		tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
2819 		(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2820 		    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2821 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
2822 
2823 		spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
2824 
2825 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
2826 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
2827 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2828 
2829 		/*
2830 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
2831 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
2832 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
2833 		 * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
2834 		 * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
2835 		 */
2836 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2837 
2838 		/*
2839 		 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
2840 		 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
2841 		 *
2842 		 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
2843 		 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
2844 		 */
2845 		if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
2846 		    state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2847 		    state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2848 		    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
2849 			need_update = B_TRUE;
2850 
2851 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
2852 			if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
2853 				need_update = B_TRUE;
2854 
2855 		/*
2856 		 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
2857 		 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
2858 		 */
2859 		if (need_update)
2860 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
2861 
2862 		/*
2863 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
2864 		 */
2865 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
2866 		    vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
2867 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
2868 
2869 		/*
2870 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
2871 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
2872 		 */
2873 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
2874 
2875 		/*
2876 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
2877 		 */
2878 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2879 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2880 
2881 		/*
2882 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
2883 		 */
2884 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2885 	}
2886 
2887 	return (0);
2888 }
2889 
2890 static int
spa_load_retry(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig)2891 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
2892 {
2893 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
2894 
2895 	spa_unload(spa);
2896 	spa_deactivate(spa);
2897 
2898 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
2899 
2900 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
2901 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
2902 
2903 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
2904 }
2905 
2906 /*
2907  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
2908  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
2909  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
2910  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
2911  * spa_load().
2912  */
2913 static int
spa_load_best(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig,uint64_t max_request,int rewind_flags)2914 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
2915     uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
2916 {
2917 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
2918 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
2919 	int load_error, rewind_error;
2920 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
2921 	uint64_t min_txg;
2922 
2923 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2924 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
2925 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2926 	} else {
2927 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
2928 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
2929 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2930 	}
2931 
2932 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
2933 	    mosconfig);
2934 	if (load_error == 0)
2935 		return (0);
2936 
2937 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
2938 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
2939 
2940 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2941 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2942 
2943 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
2944 		nvlist_free(config);
2945 		return (load_error);
2946 	}
2947 
2948 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2949 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
2950 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2951 	} else {
2952 		/*
2953 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
2954 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
2955 		 * to rewind.
2956 		 */
2957 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
2958 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2959 	}
2960 
2961 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
2962 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
2963 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
2964 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
2965 
2966 	/*
2967 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
2968 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
2969 	 */
2970 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
2971 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
2972 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
2973 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2974 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
2975 	}
2976 
2977 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
2978 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
2979 
2980 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
2981 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
2982 
2983 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2984 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
2985 		return (rewind_error);
2986 	} else {
2987 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
2988 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
2989 		    spa->spa_load_info);
2990 
2991 		/* Restore the initial load info */
2992 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2993 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
2994 
2995 		return (load_error);
2996 	}
2997 }
2998 
2999 /*
3000  * Pool Open/Import
3001  *
3002  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
3003  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
3004  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
3005  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
3006  *
3007  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
3008  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
3009  * ambiguous state.
3010  */
3011 static int
spa_open_common(const char * pool,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * nvpolicy,nvlist_t ** config)3012 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
3013     nvlist_t **config)
3014 {
3015 	spa_t *spa;
3016 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
3017 	int error;
3018 	int locked = B_FALSE;
3019 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
3020 
3021 	*spapp = NULL;
3022 
3023 	/*
3024 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
3025 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
3026 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
3027 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
3028 	 */
3029 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
3030 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3031 		locked = B_TRUE;
3032 	}
3033 
3034 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
3035 		if (locked)
3036 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3037 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3038 	}
3039 
3040 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
3041 		zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
3042 
3043 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
3044 
3045 		zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
3046 		    &policy);
3047 		if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
3048 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
3049 
3050 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3051 
3052 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
3053 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3054 
3055 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
3056 		    policy.zrp_request);
3057 
3058 		if (error == EBADF) {
3059 			/*
3060 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
3061 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
3062 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
3063 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
3064 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
3065 			 */
3066 			spa_unload(spa);
3067 			spa_deactivate(spa);
3068 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
3069 			spa_remove(spa);
3070 			if (locked)
3071 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3072 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3073 		}
3074 
3075 		if (error) {
3076 			/*
3077 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
3078 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
3079 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
3080 			 */
3081 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
3082 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
3083 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3084 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
3085 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3086 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3087 			}
3088 			spa_unload(spa);
3089 			spa_deactivate(spa);
3090 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
3091 			if (locked)
3092 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3093 			*spapp = NULL;
3094 			return (error);
3095 		}
3096 	}
3097 
3098 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
3099 
3100 	if (config != NULL)
3101 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
3102 
3103 	/*
3104 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
3105 	 * gathered while doing the load.
3106 	 */
3107 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3108 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3109 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3110 	}
3111 
3112 	if (locked) {
3113 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
3114 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
3115 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3116 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3117 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
3118 #ifdef _KERNEL
3119 		if (firstopen)
3120 			zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
3121 #endif
3122 #endif
3123 	}
3124 
3125 	*spapp = spa;
3126 
3127 	return (0);
3128 }
3129 
3130 int
spa_open_rewind(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * policy,nvlist_t ** config)3131 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
3132     nvlist_t **config)
3133 {
3134 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
3135 }
3136 
3137 int
spa_open(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag)3138 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
3139 {
3140 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
3141 }
3142 
3143 /*
3144  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
3145  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
3146  */
3147 spa_t *
spa_inject_addref(char * name)3148 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
3149 {
3150 	spa_t *spa;
3151 
3152 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3153 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
3154 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3155 		return (NULL);
3156 	}
3157 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
3158 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3159 
3160 	return (spa);
3161 }
3162 
3163 void
spa_inject_delref(spa_t * spa)3164 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
3165 {
3166 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3167 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
3168 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3169 }
3170 
3171 /*
3172  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
3173  */
3174 static void
spa_add_spares(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3175 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3176 {
3177 	nvlist_t **spares;
3178 	uint_t i, nspares;
3179 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
3180 	uint64_t guid;
3181 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
3182 	uint_t vsc;
3183 	uint64_t pool;
3184 
3185 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3186 
3187 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
3188 		return;
3189 
3190 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3191 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3192 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3193 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3194 	if (nspares != 0) {
3195 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3196 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3197 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3198 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3199 
3200 		/*
3201 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
3202 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
3203 		 * their status appropriately.
3204 		 */
3205 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
3206 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
3207 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3208 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
3209 			    pool != 0ULL) {
3210 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
3211 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
3212 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
3213 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
3214 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
3215 			}
3216 		}
3217 	}
3218 }
3219 
3220 /*
3221  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
3222  */
3223 static void
spa_add_l2cache(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3224 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3225 {
3226 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
3227 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
3228 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
3229 	uint64_t guid;
3230 	vdev_t *vd;
3231 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
3232 	uint_t vsc;
3233 
3234 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3235 
3236 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
3237 		return;
3238 
3239 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3240 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3241 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3242 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3243 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
3244 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3245 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3246 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3247 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3248 
3249 		/*
3250 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
3251 		 */
3252 
3253 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
3254 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
3255 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3256 
3257 			vd = NULL;
3258 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
3259 				if (guid ==
3260 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
3261 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
3262 					break;
3263 				}
3264 			}
3265 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3266 
3267 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
3268 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
3269 			    == 0);
3270 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
3271 		}
3272 	}
3273 }
3274 
3275 static void
spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3276 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3277 {
3278 	nvlist_t *features;
3279 	zap_cursor_t zc;
3280 	zap_attribute_t za;
3281 
3282 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3283 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3284 
3285 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
3286 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
3287 		goto out;
3288 
3289 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
3290 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3291 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
3292 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3293 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3294 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3295 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
3296 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3297 			    za.za_first_integer));
3298 		}
3299 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3300 	}
3301 
3302 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
3303 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3304 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
3305 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3306 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3307 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3308 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
3309 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3310 			    za.za_first_integer));
3311 		}
3312 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3313 	}
3314 
3315 out:
3316 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
3317 	    features) == 0);
3318 	nvlist_free(features);
3319 }
3320 
3321 int
spa_get_stats(const char * name,nvlist_t ** config,char * altroot,size_t buflen)3322 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
3323     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
3324 {
3325 	int error;
3326 	spa_t *spa;
3327 
3328 	*config = NULL;
3329 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
3330 
3331 	if (spa != NULL) {
3332 		/*
3333 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
3334 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
3335 		 * self-inconsistent.
3336 		 */
3337 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3338 
3339 		if (*config != NULL) {
3340 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
3341 
3342 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
3343 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
3344 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
3345 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
3346 
3347 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3348 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
3349 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
3350 
3351 			if (spa_suspended(spa))
3352 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3353 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
3354 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
3355 
3356 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
3357 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
3358 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
3359 		}
3360 	}
3361 
3362 	/*
3363 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
3364 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
3365 	 */
3366 	if (altroot) {
3367 		if (spa == NULL) {
3368 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3369 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
3370 			if (spa)
3371 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3372 			else
3373 				altroot[0] = '\0';
3374 			spa = NULL;
3375 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3376 		} else {
3377 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3378 		}
3379 	}
3380 
3381 	if (spa != NULL) {
3382 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3383 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
3384 	}
3385 
3386 	return (error);
3387 }
3388 
3389 /*
3390  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
3391  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
3392  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
3393  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
3394  */
3395 static int
spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,const char * config,uint64_t version,vdev_labeltype_t label)3396 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
3397     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
3398     vdev_labeltype_t label)
3399 {
3400 	nvlist_t **dev;
3401 	uint_t i, ndev;
3402 	vdev_t *vd;
3403 	int error;
3404 
3405 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3406 
3407 	/*
3408 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
3409 	 */
3410 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
3411 		return (0);
3412 
3413 	if (ndev == 0)
3414 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3415 
3416 	/*
3417 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
3418 	 * device type.
3419 	 */
3420 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
3421 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
3422 
3423 	/*
3424 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
3425 	 * checking.
3426 	 */
3427 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
3428 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
3429 
3430 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
3431 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
3432 		    mode)) != 0)
3433 			goto out;
3434 
3435 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3436 			vdev_free(vd);
3437 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3438 			goto out;
3439 		}
3440 
3441 		/*
3442 		 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
3443 		 * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
3444 		 */
3445 #ifdef _KERNEL
3446 		if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
3447 		    strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
3448 			error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
3449 			vdev_free(vd);
3450 			goto out;
3451 		}
3452 #endif
3453 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
3454 
3455 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
3456 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
3457 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
3458 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
3459 		}
3460 
3461 		vdev_free(vd);
3462 
3463 		if (error &&
3464 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
3465 			goto out;
3466 		else
3467 			error = 0;
3468 	}
3469 
3470 out:
3471 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
3472 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
3473 	return (error);
3474 }
3475 
3476 static int
spa_validate_aux(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode)3477 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
3478 {
3479 	int error;
3480 
3481 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3482 
3483 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3484 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
3485 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
3486 		return (error);
3487 	}
3488 
3489 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3490 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
3491 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
3492 }
3493 
3494 static void
spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,nvlist_t ** devs,int ndevs,const char * config)3495 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
3496     const char *config)
3497 {
3498 	int i;
3499 
3500 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
3501 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
3502 		uint_t oldndevs;
3503 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
3504 
3505 		/*
3506 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
3507 		 * current dev list.
3508 		 */
3509 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3510 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
3511 
3512 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
3513 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
3514 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
3515 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
3516 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3517 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
3518 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
3519 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3520 
3521 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
3522 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3523 
3524 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
3525 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
3526 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
3527 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
3528 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
3529 	} else {
3530 		/*
3531 		 * Generate a new dev list.
3532 		 */
3533 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3534 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3535 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3536 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
3537 	}
3538 }
3539 
3540 /*
3541  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
3542  */
3543 void
spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t * spa)3544 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
3545 {
3546 	vdev_t *vd;
3547 	int i;
3548 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
3549 
3550 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
3551 		uint64_t pool;
3552 
3553 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
3554 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3555 
3556 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
3557 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
3558 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
3559 	}
3560 }
3561 
3562 /*
3563  * Pool Creation
3564  */
3565 int
spa_create(const char * pool,nvlist_t * nvroot,nvlist_t * props,nvlist_t * zplprops)3566 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
3567     nvlist_t *zplprops)
3568 {
3569 	spa_t *spa;
3570 	char *altroot = NULL;
3571 	vdev_t *rvd;
3572 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
3573 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3574 	int error = 0;
3575 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
3576 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3577 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3578 	uint64_t version, obj;
3579 	boolean_t has_features;
3580 
3581 	/*
3582 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
3583 	 */
3584 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3585 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3586 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3587 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3588 	}
3589 
3590 	/*
3591 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
3592 	 */
3593 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3594 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3595 	spa = spa_add(pool, NULL, altroot);
3596 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3597 
3598 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
3599 		spa_deactivate(spa);
3600 		spa_remove(spa);
3601 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3602 		return (error);
3603 	}
3604 
3605 	has_features = B_FALSE;
3606 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
3607 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
3608 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
3609 			has_features = B_TRUE;
3610 	}
3611 
3612 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3613 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
3614 		version = SPA_VERSION;
3615 	}
3616 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
3617 
3618 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
3619 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
3620 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
3621 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3622 
3623 	/*
3624 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3625 	 */
3626 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
3627 	    KM_SLEEP);
3628 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
3629 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3630 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
3631 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3632 	}
3633 
3634 	/*
3635 	 * Create the root vdev.
3636 	 */
3637 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3638 
3639 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
3640 
3641 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
3642 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3643 
3644 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
3645 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3646 
3647 	if (error == 0 &&
3648 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
3649 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
3650 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
3651 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
3652 			vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3653 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3654 			vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
3655 		}
3656 	}
3657 
3658 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3659 
3660 	if (error != 0) {
3661 		spa_unload(spa);
3662 		spa_deactivate(spa);
3663 		spa_remove(spa);
3664 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3665 		return (error);
3666 	}
3667 
3668 	/*
3669 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
3670 	 */
3671 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3672 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3673 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3674 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3675 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3676 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3677 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3678 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3679 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3680 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3681 	}
3682 
3683 	/*
3684 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
3685 	 */
3686 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3687 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3688 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3689 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3690 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3691 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3692 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3693 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3694 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3695 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3696 	}
3697 
3698 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3699 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
3700 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
3701 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3702 
3703 	/*
3704 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
3705 	 */
3706 	ddt_create(spa);
3707 
3708 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
3709 
3710 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
3711 
3712 	/*
3713 	 * Create the pool config object.
3714 	 */
3715 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3716 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
3717 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
3718 
3719 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3720 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
3721 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
3722 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
3723 	}
3724 
3725 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
3726 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
3727 
3728 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3729 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3730 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
3731 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
3732 	}
3733 
3734 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
3735 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
3736 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
3737 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3738 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
3739 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
3740 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
3741 		}
3742 	}
3743 
3744 	/*
3745 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
3746 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
3747 	 * keeps changing.
3748 	 */
3749 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
3750 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
3751 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
3752 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3753 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
3754 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
3755 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
3756 	}
3757 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
3758 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
3759 
3760 	/*
3761 	 * Create the pool's history object.
3762 	 */
3763 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
3764 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
3765 
3766 	/*
3767 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
3768 	 */
3769 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3770 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3771 
3772 	/*
3773 	 * Set pool properties.
3774 	 */
3775 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
3776 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3777 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
3778 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
3779 
3780 	if (props != NULL) {
3781 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3782 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
3783 	}
3784 
3785 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3786 
3787 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3788 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3789 
3790 	/*
3791 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
3792 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
3793 	 */
3794 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
3795 
3796 	spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3797 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
3798 
3799 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
3800 
3801 	/*
3802 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3803 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3804 	 */
3805 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
3806 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3807 
3808 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3809 
3810 	return (0);
3811 }
3812 
3813 #ifdef _KERNEL
3814 #ifdef illumos
3815 /*
3816  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
3817  * during the system boot up time.
3818  */
3819 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
3820 
3821 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(char * devpath,char * devid,uint64_t * guid)3822 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
3823 {
3824 	nvlist_t *config;
3825 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
3826 	uint64_t pgid;
3827 
3828 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
3829 		return (NULL);
3830 
3831 	/*
3832 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
3833 	 */
3834 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3835 	    &nvtop) == 0);
3836 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
3837 	    &pgid) == 0);
3838 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
3839 
3840 	/*
3841 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
3842 	 */
3843 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3844 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
3845 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
3846 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
3847 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
3848 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
3849 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
3850 
3851 	/*
3852 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
3853 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
3854 	 */
3855 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
3856 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
3857 	return (config);
3858 }
3859 
3860 /*
3861  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
3862  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
3863  * device has a more recent txg.
3864  */
3865 static void
spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t * vd,vdev_t ** avd,uint64_t * txg)3866 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
3867 {
3868 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
3869 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
3870 
3871 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3872 		nvlist_t *label;
3873 		uint64_t label_txg;
3874 
3875 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
3876 		    &label) != 0)
3877 			return;
3878 
3879 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3880 		    &label_txg) == 0);
3881 
3882 		/*
3883 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
3884 		 */
3885 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
3886 			*txg = label_txg;
3887 			*avd = vd;
3888 		}
3889 		nvlist_free(label);
3890 	}
3891 }
3892 
3893 /*
3894  * Import a root pool.
3895  *
3896  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
3897  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
3898  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
3899  *
3900  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
3901  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
3902  * e.g.
3903  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
3904  */
3905 int
spa_import_rootpool(char * devpath,char * devid)3906 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
3907 {
3908 	spa_t *spa;
3909 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
3910 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
3911 	uint64_t guid, txg;
3912 	char *pname;
3913 	int error;
3914 
3915 	/*
3916 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
3917 	 */
3918 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3919 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
3920 	if (config == NULL) {
3921 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
3922 			/* iscsi boot */
3923 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
3924 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3925 		}
3926 	}
3927 #endif
3928 	if (config == NULL) {
3929 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
3930 		    devpath);
3931 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
3932 	}
3933 
3934 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
3935 	    &pname) == 0);
3936 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
3937 
3938 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3939 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
3940 		/*
3941 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
3942 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
3943 		 */
3944 		spa_remove(spa);
3945 	}
3946 
3947 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
3948 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
3949 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
3950 
3951 	/*
3952 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
3953 	 */
3954 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3955 	    &nvtop) == 0);
3956 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3957 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
3958 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
3959 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3960 	if (error) {
3961 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3962 		nvlist_free(config);
3963 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
3964 		    pname);
3965 		return (error);
3966 	}
3967 
3968 	/*
3969 	 * Get the boot vdev.
3970 	 */
3971 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
3972 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
3973 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
3974 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
3975 		goto out;
3976 	}
3977 
3978 	/*
3979 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
3980 	 */
3981 	avd = bvd;
3982 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
3983 	if (avd != bvd) {
3984 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
3985 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
3986 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3987 		goto out;
3988 	}
3989 
3990 	/*
3991 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
3992 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
3993 	 */
3994 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
3995 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
3996 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
3997 		    "try booting from '%s'",
3998 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
3999 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
4000 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4001 		goto out;
4002 	}
4003 
4004 	error = 0;
4005 out:
4006 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4007 	vdev_free(rvd);
4008 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4009 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4010 
4011 	nvlist_free(config);
4012 	return (error);
4013 }
4014 
4015 #else	/* !illumos */
4016 
4017 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
4018     uint64_t *count);
4019 
4020 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(const char * name)4021 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
4022 {
4023 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
4024 	nvlist_t *config;
4025 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
4026 	uint64_t *holes;
4027 	uint64_t best_txg;
4028 	uint64_t nchildren;
4029 	uint64_t pgid;
4030 	uint64_t count;
4031 	uint64_t i;
4032 	uint_t   nholes;
4033 
4034 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
4035 		return (NULL);
4036 
4037 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
4038 	best_txg = 0;
4039 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4040 		uint64_t txg;
4041 
4042 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
4043 		    &txg) == 0);
4044 		if (txg > best_txg) {
4045 			best_txg = txg;
4046 			best_cfg = configs[i];
4047 		}
4048 	}
4049 
4050 	nchildren = 1;
4051 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
4052 	holes = NULL;
4053 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
4054 	    &holes, &nholes);
4055 
4056 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
4057 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4058 		if (i >= count)
4059 			break;
4060 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
4061 			continue;
4062 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4063 		    &nvtop) == 0);
4064 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
4065 	}
4066 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
4067 		if (i >= nchildren)
4068 			continue;
4069 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
4070 			continue;
4071 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4072 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4073 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
4074 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4075 		    holes[i]) == 0);
4076 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4077 		    0) == 0);
4078 	}
4079 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4080 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
4081 			continue;
4082 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4083 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4084 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
4085 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4086 		    i) == 0);
4087 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4088 		    0) == 0);
4089 	}
4090 
4091 	/*
4092 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
4093 	 */
4094 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
4095 
4096 	/*
4097 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
4098 	 */
4099 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
4100 	    &pgid) == 0);
4101 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4102 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4103 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
4104 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
4105 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
4106 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
4107 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
4108 
4109 	/*
4110 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
4111 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
4112 	 */
4113 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
4114 
4115 	/*
4116 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
4117 	 */
4118 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4119 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4120 
4121 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
4122 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
4123 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
4124 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
4125 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
4126 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
4127 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
4128 	return (config);
4129 }
4130 
4131 int
spa_import_rootpool(const char * name)4132 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
4133 {
4134 	spa_t *spa;
4135 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
4136 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
4137 	uint64_t txg;
4138 	char *pname;
4139 	int error;
4140 
4141 	/*
4142 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
4143 	 */
4144 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
4145 
4146 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4147 	if (config != NULL) {
4148 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4149 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
4150 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
4151 		    == 0);
4152 
4153 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
4154 			/*
4155 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
4156 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
4157 			 * we just read in.
4158 			 */
4159 			spa_remove(spa);
4160 		}
4161 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
4162 
4163 		/*
4164 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
4165 		 * via spa_version().
4166 		 */
4167 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
4168 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
4169 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
4170 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4171 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4172 		nvlist_free(config);
4173 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
4174 		    name);
4175 		return (EIO);
4176 	} else {
4177 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4178 	}
4179 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
4180 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
4181 
4182 	/*
4183 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
4184 	 */
4185 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4186 	    &nvtop) == 0);
4187 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4188 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
4189 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
4190 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4191 	if (error) {
4192 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4193 		nvlist_free(config);
4194 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
4195 		    pname);
4196 		return (error);
4197 	}
4198 
4199 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4200 	vdev_free(rvd);
4201 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4202 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4203 
4204 	nvlist_free(config);
4205 	return (0);
4206 }
4207 
4208 #endif	/* illumos */
4209 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
4210 
4211 /*
4212  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
4213  */
4214 int
spa_import(const char * pool,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,uint64_t flags)4215 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
4216 {
4217 	spa_t *spa;
4218 	char *altroot = NULL;
4219 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
4220 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
4221 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
4222 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
4223 	int error;
4224 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4225 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4226 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4227 
4228 	/*
4229 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
4230 	 */
4231 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4232 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
4233 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4234 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
4235 	}
4236 
4237 	/*
4238 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4239 	 */
4240 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4241 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4242 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
4243 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
4244 	if (readonly)
4245 		mode = FREAD;
4246 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
4247 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
4248 
4249 	/*
4250 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
4251 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
4252 	 */
4253 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
4254 		if (props != NULL)
4255 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4256 
4257 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
4258 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4259 
4260 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4261 		return (0);
4262 	}
4263 
4264 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
4265 
4266 	/*
4267 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
4268 	 */
4269 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4270 
4271 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
4272 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4273 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4274 
4275 	/*
4276 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().  Pass TRUE for mosconfig
4277 	 * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
4278 	 * doing an import.
4279 	 */
4280 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4281 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4282 
4283 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
4284 	    policy.zrp_request);
4285 
4286 	/*
4287 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
4288 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
4289 	 */
4290 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4291 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4292 
4293 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4294 	/*
4295 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
4296 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
4297 	 */
4298 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
4299 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
4300 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
4301 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4302 	}
4303 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
4304 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
4305 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
4306 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4307 	}
4308 
4309 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4310 	    &nvroot) == 0);
4311 	if (error == 0)
4312 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4313 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
4314 	if (error == 0)
4315 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4316 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
4317 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4318 
4319 	if (props != NULL)
4320 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4321 
4322 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
4323 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
4324 		spa_unload(spa);
4325 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4326 		spa_remove(spa);
4327 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4328 		return (error);
4329 	}
4330 
4331 	spa_async_resume(spa);
4332 
4333 	/*
4334 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
4335 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
4336 	 */
4337 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4338 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4339 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
4340 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4341 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4342 		else
4343 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4344 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4345 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4346 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4347 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4348 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4349 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4350 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4351 	}
4352 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4353 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4354 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
4355 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4356 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4357 		else
4358 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4359 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4360 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4361 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4362 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4363 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4364 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4365 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4366 	}
4367 
4368 	/*
4369 	 * Check for any removed devices.
4370 	 */
4371 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
4372 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
4373 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
4374 	}
4375 
4376 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4377 		/*
4378 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
4379 		 */
4380 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4381 	}
4382 
4383 	/*
4384 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
4385 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
4386 	 */
4387 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
4388 
4389 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
4390 
4391 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4392 
4393 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4394 
4395 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
4396 #ifdef _KERNEL
4397 	zvol_create_minors(pool);
4398 #endif
4399 #endif
4400 	return (0);
4401 }
4402 
4403 nvlist_t *
spa_tryimport(nvlist_t * tryconfig)4404 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
4405 {
4406 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4407 	char *poolname;
4408 	spa_t *spa;
4409 	uint64_t state;
4410 	int error;
4411 
4412 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
4413 		return (NULL);
4414 
4415 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
4416 		return (NULL);
4417 
4418 	/*
4419 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4420 	 */
4421 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4422 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
4423 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
4424 
4425 	/*
4426 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
4427 	 * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
4428 	 * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
4429 	 */
4430 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
4431 
4432 	/*
4433 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
4434 	 */
4435 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4436 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4437 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4438 		    poolname) == 0);
4439 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4440 		    state) == 0);
4441 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
4442 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
4443 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4444 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4445 
4446 		/*
4447 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
4448 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
4449 		 * pools are bootable.
4450 		 */
4451 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
4452 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4453 
4454 			/*
4455 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
4456 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
4457 			 */
4458 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
4459 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
4460 				char *cp;
4461 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4462 
4463 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
4464 				if (cp == NULL) {
4465 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
4466 					    MAXPATHLEN);
4467 				} else {
4468 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
4469 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
4470 				}
4471 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
4472 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
4473 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
4474 			}
4475 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
4476 		}
4477 
4478 		/*
4479 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
4480 		 */
4481 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4482 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
4483 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
4484 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4485 	}
4486 
4487 	spa_unload(spa);
4488 	spa_deactivate(spa);
4489 	spa_remove(spa);
4490 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4491 
4492 	return (config);
4493 }
4494 
4495 /*
4496  * Pool export/destroy
4497  *
4498  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
4499  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
4500  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
4501  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
4502  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
4503  */
4504 static int
spa_export_common(char * pool,int new_state,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4505 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
4506     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
4507 {
4508 	spa_t *spa;
4509 
4510 	if (oldconfig)
4511 		*oldconfig = NULL;
4512 
4513 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
4514 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
4515 
4516 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4517 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4518 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4519 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4520 	}
4521 
4522 	/*
4523 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
4524 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
4525 	 */
4526 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4527 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4528 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4529 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4530 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4531 
4532 	/*
4533 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
4534 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
4535 	 */
4536 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
4537 		/*
4538 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
4539 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
4540 		 */
4541 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
4542 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4543 
4544 		/*
4545 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
4546 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
4547 		 * fault injection handlers.
4548 		 */
4549 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
4550 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
4551 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
4552 			spa_async_resume(spa);
4553 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4554 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
4555 		}
4556 
4557 		/*
4558 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
4559 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
4560 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
4561 		 * be forcedly exported.
4562 		 */
4563 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
4564 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
4565 			spa_async_resume(spa);
4566 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4567 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
4568 		}
4569 
4570 		/*
4571 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
4572 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
4573 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
4574 		 */
4575 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
4576 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4577 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
4578 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
4579 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
4580 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4581 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4582 		}
4583 	}
4584 
4585 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
4586 
4587 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4588 		spa_unload(spa);
4589 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4590 	}
4591 
4592 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
4593 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
4594 
4595 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4596 		if (!hardforce)
4597 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4598 		spa_remove(spa);
4599 	}
4600 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4601 
4602 	return (0);
4603 }
4604 
4605 /*
4606  * Destroy a storage pool.
4607  */
4608 int
spa_destroy(char * pool)4609 spa_destroy(char *pool)
4610 {
4611 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
4612 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4613 }
4614 
4615 /*
4616  * Export a storage pool.
4617  */
4618 int
spa_export(char * pool,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4619 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
4620     boolean_t hardforce)
4621 {
4622 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
4623 	    force, hardforce));
4624 }
4625 
4626 /*
4627  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
4628  * from the namespace in any way.
4629  */
4630 int
spa_reset(char * pool)4631 spa_reset(char *pool)
4632 {
4633 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
4634 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4635 }
4636 
4637 /*
4638  * ==========================================================================
4639  * Device manipulation
4640  * ==========================================================================
4641  */
4642 
4643 /*
4644  * Add a device to a storage pool.
4645  */
4646 int
spa_vdev_add(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot)4647 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
4648 {
4649 	uint64_t txg, id;
4650 	int error;
4651 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4652 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
4653 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4654 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4655 
4656 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4657 
4658 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4659 
4660 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4661 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4662 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4663 
4664 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
4665 
4666 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
4667 	    &nspares) != 0)
4668 		nspares = 0;
4669 
4670 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
4671 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
4672 		nl2cache = 0;
4673 
4674 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
4675 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
4676 
4677 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
4678 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
4679 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4680 
4681 	/*
4682 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
4683 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
4684 	 */
4685 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4686 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4687 
4688 	/*
4689 	 * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
4690 	 */
4691 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
4692 
4693 		/*
4694 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
4695 		 */
4696 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
4697 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
4698 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
4699 				break;
4700 			}
4701 		}
4702 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
4703 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
4704 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
4705 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
4706 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4707 	}
4708 
4709 	if (nspares != 0) {
4710 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
4711 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
4712 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4713 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4714 	}
4715 
4716 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4717 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
4718 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
4719 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4720 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4721 	}
4722 
4723 	/*
4724 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
4725 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
4726 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
4727 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
4728 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
4729 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
4730 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
4731 	 *
4732 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
4733 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
4734 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
4735 	 */
4736 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4737 
4738 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4739 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4740 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
4741 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4742 
4743 	return (0);
4744 }
4745 
4746 /*
4747  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
4748  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
4749  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
4750  *
4751  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
4752  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
4753  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
4754  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
4755  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
4756  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
4757  * is automatically detached.
4758  */
4759 int
spa_vdev_attach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,nvlist_t * nvroot,int replacing)4760 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
4761 {
4762 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
4763 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4764 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
4765 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
4766 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
4767 	int newvd_isspare;
4768 	int error;
4769 
4770 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4771 
4772 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4773 
4774 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4775 
4776 	if (oldvd == NULL)
4777 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4778 
4779 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4780 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4781 
4782 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
4783 
4784 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4785 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
4786 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4787 
4788 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
4789 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4790 
4791 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
4792 
4793 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4794 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4795 
4796 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
4797 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
4798 
4799 	/*
4800 	 * Spares can't replace logs
4801 	 */
4802 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
4803 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4804 
4805 	if (!replacing) {
4806 		/*
4807 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
4808 		 * vdev.
4809 		 */
4810 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4811 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
4812 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4813 
4814 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
4815 	} else {
4816 		/*
4817 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
4818 		 * spares.
4819 		 */
4820 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4821 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
4822 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
4823 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4824 
4825 		/*
4826 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
4827 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
4828 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
4829 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
4830 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
4831 		 * non-spare).
4832 		 */
4833 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4834 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
4835 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4836 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4837 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
4838 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4839 		}
4840 
4841 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
4842 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
4843 		else
4844 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
4845 	}
4846 
4847 	/*
4848 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
4849 	 */
4850 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
4851 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
4852 
4853 	/*
4854 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
4855 	 * than the top-level vdev.
4856 	 */
4857 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
4858 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
4859 
4860 	/*
4861 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
4862 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
4863 	 */
4864 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
4865 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
4866 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
4867 		    KM_SLEEP);
4868 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
4869 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
4870 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
4871 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
4872 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
4873 		}
4874 	}
4875 
4876 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
4877 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
4878 
4879 	/*
4880 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
4881 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
4882 	 */
4883 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
4884 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
4885 
4886 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
4887 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
4888 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
4889 
4890 	/*
4891 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
4892 	 */
4893 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
4894 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
4895 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
4896 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
4897 
4898 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
4899 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
4900 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4901 
4902 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4903 
4904 	/*
4905 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
4906 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
4907 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
4908 	 */
4909 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
4910 
4911 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
4912 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
4913 
4914 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
4915 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
4916 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
4917 	}
4918 
4919 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
4920 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
4921 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
4922 
4923 	/*
4924 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
4925 	 */
4926 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
4927 
4928 	/*
4929 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
4930 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
4931 	 * respective datasets.
4932 	 */
4933 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
4934 
4935 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
4936 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4937 
4938 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4939 
4940 	/*
4941 	 * Commit the config
4942 	 */
4943 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
4944 
4945 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
4946 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
4947 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
4948 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
4949 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
4950 
4951 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
4952 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
4953 
4954 	return (0);
4955 }
4956 
4957 /*
4958  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
4959  *
4960  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
4961  * is a replacing vdev.
4962  */
4963 int
spa_vdev_detach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,uint64_t pguid,int replace_done)4964 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
4965 {
4966 	uint64_t txg;
4967 	int error;
4968 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4969 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
4970 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
4971 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
4972 	char *vdpath;
4973 
4974 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4975 
4976 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4977 
4978 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4979 
4980 	if (vd == NULL)
4981 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4982 
4983 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4984 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4985 
4986 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
4987 
4988 	/*
4989 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
4990 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
4991 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
4992 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
4993 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
4994 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
4995 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
4996 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
4997 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
4998 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
4999 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
5000 	 */
5001 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
5002 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5003 
5004 	/*
5005 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
5006 	 */
5007 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5008 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5009 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5010 
5011 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
5012 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
5013 
5014 	/*
5015 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
5016 	 */
5017 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5018 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
5019 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5020 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5021 
5022 	/*
5023 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
5024 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
5025 	 */
5026 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
5027 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5028 
5029 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
5030 
5031 	/*
5032 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
5033 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
5034 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
5035 	 */
5036 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
5037 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
5038 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
5039 
5040 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5041 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
5042 
5043 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
5044 				continue;
5045 
5046 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
5047 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
5048 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
5049 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5050 				break;
5051 			}
5052 		}
5053 	}
5054 
5055 	/*
5056 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
5057 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
5058 	 * active spare list for the pool.
5059 	 */
5060 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5061 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5062 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
5063 		unspare = B_TRUE;
5064 
5065 	/*
5066 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
5067 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
5068 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
5069 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
5070 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
5071 	 * it's being detached!
5072 	 */
5073 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5074 
5075 	/*
5076 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
5077 	 */
5078 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
5079 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
5080 
5081 	/*
5082 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
5083 	 */
5084 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
5085 
5086 	/*
5087 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
5088 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
5089 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
5090 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
5091 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
5092 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
5093 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
5094 	 */
5095 	if (unspare) {
5096 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
5097 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
5098 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
5099 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5100 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
5101 	}
5102 
5103 	/*
5104 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
5105 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
5106 	 */
5107 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
5108 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
5109 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
5110 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
5111 	}
5112 
5113 
5114 	/*
5115 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
5116 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
5117 	 */
5118 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
5119 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
5120 
5121 	/*
5122 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
5123 	 */
5124 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
5125 
5126 	/*
5127 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
5128 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
5129 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
5130 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
5131 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
5132 	 */
5133 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
5134 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
5135 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
5136 	}
5137 
5138 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5139 
5140 	/*
5141 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
5142 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
5143 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
5144 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
5145 	 */
5146 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5147 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
5148 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
5149 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
5150 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
5151 
5152 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
5153 
5154 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
5155 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5156 
5157 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
5158 
5159 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
5160 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
5161 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
5162 
5163 	/*
5164 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
5165 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
5166 	 * list of every other pool.
5167 	 */
5168 	if (unspare) {
5169 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
5170 
5171 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5172 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
5173 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
5174 			    altspa == spa)
5175 				continue;
5176 
5177 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
5178 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5179 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5180 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5181 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
5182 		}
5183 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5184 
5185 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
5186 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
5187 	}
5188 
5189 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
5190 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5191 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5192 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5193 
5194 	return (error);
5195 }
5196 
5197 /*
5198  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
5199  */
5200 int
spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t * spa,char * newname,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,boolean_t exp)5201 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
5202     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
5203 {
5204 	int error = 0;
5205 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
5206 	spa_t *newspa;
5207 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
5208 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
5209 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
5210 	char *altroot = NULL;
5211 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
5212 	boolean_t activate_slog;
5213 
5214 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5215 
5216 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5217 
5218 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
5219 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
5220 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5221 	error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5222 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5223 
5224 	if (activate_slog)
5225 		spa_activate_log(spa);
5226 
5227 	if (error != 0)
5228 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5229 
5230 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
5231 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
5232 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
5233 
5234 	/*
5235 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
5236 	 */
5237 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
5238 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
5239 	    &children) != 0)
5240 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5241 
5242 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
5243 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5244 	lastlog = 0;
5245 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5246 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
5247 
5248 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
5249 		if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
5250 			if (lastlog == 0)
5251 				lastlog = c;
5252 			continue;
5253 		}
5254 
5255 		lastlog = 0;
5256 	}
5257 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
5258 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5259 
5260 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
5261 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
5262 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
5263 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5264 
5265 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
5266 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
5267 
5268 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
5269 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5270 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
5271 
5272 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
5273 		    &is_hole);
5274 
5275 		if (is_hole != 0) {
5276 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5277 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
5278 				continue;
5279 			} else {
5280 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5281 				break;
5282 			}
5283 		}
5284 
5285 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
5286 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5287 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
5288 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5289 			break;
5290 		}
5291 
5292 		/* look it up in the spa */
5293 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
5294 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
5295 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
5296 			break;
5297 		}
5298 
5299 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
5300 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
5301 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
5302 		    vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5303 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
5304 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
5305 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
5306 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
5307 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
5308 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
5309 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5310 			break;
5311 		}
5312 
5313 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
5314 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5315 			break;
5316 		}
5317 
5318 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
5319 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
5320 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
5321 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
5322 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
5323 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
5324 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
5325 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
5326 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
5327 	}
5328 
5329 	if (error != 0) {
5330 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5331 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5332 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5333 	}
5334 
5335 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
5336 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5337 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
5338 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
5339 	}
5340 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5341 
5342 	/*
5343 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
5344 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
5345 	 */
5346 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5347 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
5348 	    glist, children) == 0);
5349 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5350 
5351 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5352 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
5353 	    nvl) == 0);
5354 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5355 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
5356 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5357 
5358 	/* configure and create the new pool */
5359 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
5360 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5361 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
5362 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5363 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
5364 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5365 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
5366 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5367 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
5368 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5369 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5370 
5371 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
5372 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
5373 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
5374 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5375 
5376 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
5377 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5378 
5379 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5380 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
5381 
5382 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
5383 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
5384 
5385 #ifndef illumos
5386 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
5387 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
5388 #endif
5389 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
5390 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
5391 #ifndef illumos
5392 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
5393 #endif
5394 	if (error)
5395 		goto out;
5396 
5397 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
5398 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5399 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5400 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5401 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5402 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
5403 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
5404 		    B_TRUE));
5405 	}
5406 
5407 	/* set the props */
5408 	if (props != NULL) {
5409 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
5410 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
5411 		if (error)
5412 			goto out;
5413 	}
5414 
5415 	/* flush everything */
5416 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
5417 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
5418 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5419 
5420 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5421 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
5422 
5423 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
5424 
5425 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
5426 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5427 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
5428 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
5429 	if (error != 0)
5430 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
5431 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5432 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
5433 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
5434 			if (error == 0)
5435 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
5436 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
5437 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
5438 		}
5439 	}
5440 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5441 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5442 	nvlist_free(nvl);
5443 	if (error == 0)
5444 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5445 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
5446 
5447 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5448 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
5449 
5450 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
5451 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
5452 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
5453 
5454 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5455 
5456 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
5457 	if (exp)
5458 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
5459 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
5460 
5461 	return (error);
5462 
5463 out:
5464 	spa_unload(newspa);
5465 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
5466 	spa_remove(newspa);
5467 
5468 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5469 
5470 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
5471 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5472 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
5473 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
5474 	}
5475 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5476 
5477 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
5478 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5479 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5480 
5481 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5482 	return (error);
5483 }
5484 
5485 static nvlist_t *
spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t ** nvpp,int count,uint64_t target_guid)5486 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
5487 {
5488 	for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5489 		uint64_t guid;
5490 
5491 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5492 		    &guid) == 0);
5493 
5494 		if (guid == target_guid)
5495 			return (nvpp[i]);
5496 	}
5497 
5498 	return (NULL);
5499 }
5500 
5501 static void
spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t * config,char * name,nvlist_t ** dev,int count,nvlist_t * dev_to_remove)5502 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
5503 	nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
5504 {
5505 	nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
5506 
5507 	if (count > 1)
5508 		newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5509 
5510 	for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
5511 		if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
5512 			continue;
5513 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5514 	}
5515 
5516 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5517 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
5518 
5519 	for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
5520 		nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
5521 
5522 	if (count > 1)
5523 		kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
5524 }
5525 
5526 /*
5527  * Evacuate the device.
5528  */
5529 static int
spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5530 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5531 {
5532 	uint64_t txg;
5533 	int error = 0;
5534 
5535 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5536 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5537 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5538 
5539 	/*
5540 	 * Evacuate the device.  We don't hold the config lock as writer
5541 	 * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
5542 	 * spa_namespace_lock held.  Once this completes the device
5543 	 * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
5544 	 */
5545 	if (vd->vdev_islog) {
5546 		if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5547 			error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5548 	} else {
5549 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5550 	}
5551 
5552 	if (error)
5553 		return (error);
5554 
5555 	/*
5556 	 * The evacuation succeeded.  Remove any remaining MOS metadata
5557 	 * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
5558 	 */
5559 	ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
5560 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5561 	vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
5562 	vdev_dirty_leaves(vd, VDD_DTL, txg);
5563 	vdev_config_dirty(vd);
5564 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5565 
5566 	return (0);
5567 }
5568 
5569 /*
5570  * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
5571  */
5572 static void
spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5573 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5574 {
5575 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5576 	uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
5577 	boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
5578 
5579 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5580 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5581 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5582 
5583 	/*
5584 	 * Only remove any devices which are empty.
5585 	 */
5586 	if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5587 		return;
5588 
5589 	(void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5590 
5591 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
5592 		vdev_state_clean(vd);
5593 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
5594 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
5595 
5596 	vdev_free(vd);
5597 
5598 	if (last_vdev) {
5599 		vdev_compact_children(rvd);
5600 	} else {
5601 		vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
5602 		vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
5603 	}
5604 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
5605 
5606 	/*
5607 	 * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
5608 	 */
5609 	vdev_reopen(rvd);
5610 }
5611 
5612 /*
5613  * Remove a device from the pool -
5614  *
5615  * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
5616  * and can take a significant amount of time.  As a result we use
5617  * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
5618  * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
5619  * lock.  During each step the configuration is synced out.
5620  *
5621  * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
5622  * devices.
5623  */
5624 int
spa_vdev_remove(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t unspare)5625 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
5626 {
5627 	vdev_t *vd;
5628 	metaslab_group_t *mg;
5629 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
5630 	uint64_t txg = 0;
5631 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5632 	int error = 0;
5633 	boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
5634 
5635 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5636 
5637 	if (!locked)
5638 		txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5639 
5640 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5641 
5642 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5643 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5644 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
5645 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
5646 		/*
5647 		 * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
5648 		 * in this pool.
5649 		 */
5650 		if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
5651 			spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5652 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
5653 			spa_load_spares(spa);
5654 			spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5655 		} else {
5656 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5657 		}
5658 	} else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5659 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5660 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
5661 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
5662 		/*
5663 		 * Cache devices can always be removed.
5664 		 */
5665 		spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5666 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
5667 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5668 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5669 	} else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
5670 		ASSERT(!locked);
5671 		ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5672 
5673 		mg = vd->vdev_mg;
5674 
5675 		/*
5676 		 * Stop allocating from this vdev.
5677 		 */
5678 		metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
5679 
5680 		/*
5681 		 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
5682 		 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
5683 		 */
5684 		spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
5685 		    txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
5686 
5687 		/*
5688 		 * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
5689 		 */
5690 		error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
5691 
5692 		txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5693 
5694 		/*
5695 		 * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
5696 		 */
5697 		if (error) {
5698 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
5699 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5700 		}
5701 
5702 		/*
5703 		 * Clean up the vdev namespace.
5704 		 */
5705 		spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
5706 
5707 	} else if (vd != NULL) {
5708 		/*
5709 		 * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
5710 		 */
5711 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5712 	} else {
5713 		/*
5714 		 * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
5715 		 */
5716 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5717 	}
5718 
5719 	if (!locked)
5720 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5721 
5722 	return (error);
5723 }
5724 
5725 /*
5726  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
5727  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
5728  */
5729 static vdev_t *
spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t * vd)5730 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
5731 {
5732 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
5733 
5734 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5735 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
5736 		if (oldvd != NULL)
5737 			return (oldvd);
5738 	}
5739 
5740 	/*
5741 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
5742 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
5743 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
5744 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
5745 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
5746 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
5747 	 */
5748 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
5749 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
5750 
5751 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5752 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
5753 
5754 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5755 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5756 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5757 			return (oldvd);
5758 	}
5759 
5760 	/*
5761 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
5762 	 */
5763 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
5764 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
5765 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5766 
5767 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
5768 			oldvd = first;
5769 			newvd = last;
5770 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
5771 			oldvd = last;
5772 			newvd = first;
5773 		} else {
5774 			oldvd = NULL;
5775 		}
5776 
5777 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
5778 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5779 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5780 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5781 			return (oldvd);
5782 
5783 		/*
5784 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
5785 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
5786 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
5787 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
5788 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
5789 		 */
5790 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
5791 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
5792 
5793 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
5794 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
5795 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5796 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
5797 				return (newvd);
5798 		}
5799 	}
5800 
5801 	return (NULL);
5802 }
5803 
5804 static void
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t * spa)5805 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
5806 {
5807 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
5808 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
5809 
5810 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5811 
5812 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
5813 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5814 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
5815 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
5816 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
5817 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
5818 		sguid = 0;
5819 		/*
5820 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
5821 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
5822 		 * spare) as well.
5823 		 */
5824 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5825 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
5826 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
5827 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
5828 		}
5829 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
5830 
5831 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5832 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5833 			return;
5834 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5835 			return;
5836 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5837 	}
5838 
5839 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5840 }
5841 
5842 /*
5843  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
5844  */
5845 int
spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * value,boolean_t ispath)5846 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
5847     boolean_t ispath)
5848 {
5849 	vdev_t *vd;
5850 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
5851 
5852 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5853 
5854 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
5855 
5856 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
5857 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
5858 
5859 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5860 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
5861 
5862 	if (ispath) {
5863 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
5864 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
5865 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
5866 			sync = B_TRUE;
5867 		}
5868 	} else {
5869 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
5870 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5871 			sync = B_TRUE;
5872 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
5873 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
5874 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5875 			sync = B_TRUE;
5876 		}
5877 	}
5878 
5879 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
5880 }
5881 
5882 int
spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newpath)5883 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
5884 {
5885 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
5886 }
5887 
5888 int
spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newfru)5889 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
5890 {
5891 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
5892 }
5893 
5894 /*
5895  * ==========================================================================
5896  * SPA Scanning
5897  * ==========================================================================
5898  */
5899 
5900 int
spa_scan_stop(spa_t * spa)5901 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
5902 {
5903 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5904 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
5905 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5906 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
5907 }
5908 
5909 int
spa_scan(spa_t * spa,pool_scan_func_t func)5910 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
5911 {
5912 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5913 
5914 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
5915 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5916 
5917 	/*
5918 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
5919 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
5920 	 */
5921 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
5922 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
5923 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
5924 		return (0);
5925 	}
5926 
5927 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
5928 }
5929 
5930 /*
5931  * ==========================================================================
5932  * SPA async task processing
5933  * ==========================================================================
5934  */
5935 
5936 static void
spa_async_remove(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5937 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5938 {
5939 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
5940 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
5941 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
5942 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
5943 
5944 		/*
5945 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
5946 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
5947 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
5948 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
5949 		 */
5950 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
5951 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
5952 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
5953 
5954 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
5955 	}
5956 
5957 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5958 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5959 }
5960 
5961 static void
spa_async_probe(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5962 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5963 {
5964 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
5965 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
5966 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
5967 	}
5968 
5969 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5970 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5971 }
5972 
5973 static void
spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5974 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5975 {
5976 	sysevent_id_t eid;
5977 	nvlist_t *attr;
5978 	char *physpath;
5979 
5980 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
5981 		return;
5982 
5983 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5984 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5985 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
5986 	}
5987 
5988 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
5989 		return;
5990 
5991 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5992 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
5993 
5994 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5995 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
5996 
5997 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
5998 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
5999 
6000 	nvlist_free(attr);
6001 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
6002 }
6003 
6004 static void
spa_async_thread(void * arg)6005 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
6006 {
6007 	spa_t *spa = arg;
6008 	int tasks;
6009 
6010 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
6011 
6012 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6013 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6014 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6015 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6016 
6017 	/*
6018 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
6019 	 */
6020 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
6021 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
6022 
6023 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6024 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6025 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6026 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6027 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6028 
6029 		/*
6030 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
6031 		 * then log an internal history event.
6032 		 */
6033 		if (new_space != old_space) {
6034 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
6035 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
6036 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
6037 		}
6038 	}
6039 
6040 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
6041 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6042 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6043 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6044 	}
6045 
6046 	/*
6047 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
6048 	 */
6049 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
6050 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6051 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6052 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6053 	}
6054 
6055 	/*
6056 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
6057 	 */
6058 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
6059 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6060 
6061 	/*
6062 	 * Kick off a resilver.
6063 	 */
6064 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
6065 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6066 
6067 	/*
6068 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
6069 	 */
6070 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6071 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
6072 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6073 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6074 	thread_exit();
6075 }
6076 
6077 static void
spa_async_thread_vd(void * arg)6078 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
6079 {
6080 	spa_t *spa = arg;
6081 	int tasks;
6082 
6083 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
6084 
6085 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6086 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6087 retry:
6088 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6089 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6090 
6091 	/*
6092 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
6093 	 */
6094 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
6095 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6096 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6097 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
6098 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
6099 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
6100 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
6101 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6102 	}
6103 
6104 	/*
6105 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
6106 	 */
6107 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6108 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6109 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
6110 		goto retry;
6111 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
6112 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6113 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6114 	thread_exit();
6115 }
6116 
6117 void
spa_async_suspend(spa_t * spa)6118 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
6119 {
6120 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6121 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
6122 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL &&
6123 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
6124 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
6125 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6126 }
6127 
6128 void
spa_async_resume(spa_t * spa)6129 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
6130 {
6131 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6132 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
6133 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
6134 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6135 }
6136 
6137 static boolean_t
spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t * spa)6138 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
6139 {
6140 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
6141 	uint_t config_task;
6142 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
6143 
6144 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
6145 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
6146 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
6147 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
6148 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
6149 	} else {
6150 		config_task_suspended =
6151 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
6152 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
6153 	}
6154 
6155 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
6156 }
6157 
6158 static void
spa_async_dispatch(spa_t * spa)6159 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
6160 {
6161 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6162 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
6163 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6164 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
6165 	    rootdir != NULL)
6166 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6167 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6168 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6169 }
6170 
6171 static void
spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t * spa)6172 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
6173 {
6174 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6175 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
6176 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6177 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
6178 	    rootdir != NULL)
6179 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6180 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6181 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6182 }
6183 
6184 void
spa_async_request(spa_t * spa,int task)6185 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
6186 {
6187 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
6188 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6189 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
6190 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6191 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
6192 }
6193 
6194 /*
6195  * ==========================================================================
6196  * SPA syncing routines
6197  * ==========================================================================
6198  */
6199 
6200 static int
bpobj_enqueue_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6201 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6202 {
6203 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
6204 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
6205 	return (0);
6206 }
6207 
6208 static int
spa_free_sync_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6209 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6210 {
6211 	zio_t *zio = arg;
6212 
6213 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
6214 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
6215 	return (0);
6216 }
6217 
6218 /*
6219  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6220  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
6221  */
6222 static void
spa_sync_frees(spa_t * spa,bplist_t * bpl,dmu_tx_t * tx)6223 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6224 {
6225 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6226 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
6227 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
6228 }
6229 
6230 /*
6231  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6232  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
6233  */
6234 static void
spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6235 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6236 {
6237 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6238 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
6239 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
6240 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
6241 }
6242 
6243 
6244 static void
spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t * nv,dmu_tx_t * tx)6245 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6246 {
6247 	char *packed = NULL;
6248 	size_t bufsize;
6249 	size_t nvsize = 0;
6250 	dmu_buf_t *db;
6251 
6252 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
6253 
6254 	/*
6255 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
6256 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
6257 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
6258 	 */
6259 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
6260 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
6261 
6262 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
6263 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6264 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
6265 
6266 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
6267 
6268 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
6269 
6270 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
6271 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
6272 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
6273 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
6274 }
6275 
6276 static void
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t * spa,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,dmu_tx_t * tx,const char * config,const char * entry)6277 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
6278     const char *config, const char *entry)
6279 {
6280 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
6281 	nvlist_t **list;
6282 	int i;
6283 
6284 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
6285 		return;
6286 
6287 	/*
6288 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
6289 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
6290 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
6291 	 */
6292 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
6293 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6294 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
6295 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
6296 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6297 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
6298 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
6299 	}
6300 
6301 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6302 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
6303 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
6304 	} else {
6305 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
6306 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6307 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
6308 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6309 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
6310 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
6311 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6312 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
6313 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
6314 	}
6315 
6316 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
6317 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
6318 
6319 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
6320 }
6321 
6322 static void
spa_sync_config_object(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6323 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6324 {
6325 	nvlist_t *config;
6326 
6327 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list))
6328 		return;
6329 
6330 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6331 
6332 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
6333 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
6334 
6335 	/*
6336 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
6337 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
6338 	 */
6339 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
6340 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6341 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6342 
6343 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6344 
6345 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing)
6346 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
6347 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
6348 
6349 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
6350 }
6351 
6352 static void
spa_sync_version(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6353 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6354 {
6355 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
6356 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
6357 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6358 
6359 	/*
6360 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
6361 	 */
6362 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
6363 
6364 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
6365 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
6366 
6367 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6368 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6369 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
6370 }
6371 
6372 /*
6373  * Set zpool properties.
6374  */
6375 static void
spa_sync_props(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6376 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6377 {
6378 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
6379 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6380 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6381 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
6382 
6383 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6384 
6385 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
6386 		uint64_t intval;
6387 		char *strval, *fname;
6388 		zpool_prop_t prop;
6389 		const char *propname;
6390 		zprop_type_t proptype;
6391 		spa_feature_t fid;
6392 
6393 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
6394 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
6395 			/*
6396 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
6397 			 */
6398 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
6399 
6400 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
6401 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
6402 
6403 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
6404 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6405 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
6406 			break;
6407 
6408 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
6409 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6410 			/*
6411 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
6412 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
6413 			 */
6414 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
6415 			break;
6416 
6417 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
6418 			/*
6419 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
6420 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
6421 			 */
6422 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
6423 			break;
6424 
6425 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
6426 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
6427 			/*
6428 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
6429 			 * properties.
6430 			 */
6431 			break;
6432 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
6433 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6434 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
6435 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
6436 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
6437 			/*
6438 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
6439 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
6440 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
6441 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
6442 			 */
6443 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6444 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6445 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6446 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6447 			break;
6448 		default:
6449 			/*
6450 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
6451 			 */
6452 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
6453 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
6454 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
6455 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
6456 				    tx);
6457 			}
6458 
6459 			/* normalize the property name */
6460 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
6461 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
6462 
6463 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
6464 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
6465 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6466 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6467 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6468 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
6469 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6470 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6471 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
6472 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6473 
6474 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
6475 					const char *unused;
6476 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
6477 					    prop, intval, &unused));
6478 				}
6479 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6480 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6481 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
6482 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6483 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
6484 			} else {
6485 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
6486 			}
6487 
6488 			switch (prop) {
6489 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
6490 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
6491 				break;
6492 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
6493 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
6494 				break;
6495 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
6496 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
6497 				break;
6498 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
6499 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
6500 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6501 					spa_async_request(spa,
6502 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
6503 				break;
6504 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
6505 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
6506 				break;
6507 			default:
6508 				break;
6509 			}
6510 		}
6511 
6512 	}
6513 
6514 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6515 }
6516 
6517 /*
6518  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
6519  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
6520  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
6521  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
6522  * tasks.
6523  */
6524 static void
spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6525 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6526 {
6527 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6528 
6529 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
6530 
6531 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
6532 
6533 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
6534 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
6535 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
6536 
6537 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
6538 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
6539 	}
6540 
6541 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
6542 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
6543 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
6544 	}
6545 
6546 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
6547 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
6548 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
6549 
6550 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
6551 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
6552 	}
6553 
6554 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
6555 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6556 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
6557 	}
6558 
6559 	/*
6560 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
6561 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
6562 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
6563 	 * this feature active
6564 	 */
6565 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6566 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
6567 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6568 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
6569 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6570 
6571 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
6572 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
6573 	}
6574 
6575 	/*
6576 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
6577 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
6578 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
6579 	 */
6580 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
6581 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
6582 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6583 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
6584 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
6585 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
6586 	}
6587 
6588 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
6589 }
6590 
6591 /*
6592  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
6593  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
6594  */
6595 void
spa_sync(spa_t * spa,uint64_t txg)6596 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
6597 {
6598 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6599 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6600 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
6601 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6602 	vdev_t *vd;
6603 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6604 	int error;
6605 
6606 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
6607 
6608 	/*
6609 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
6610 	 */
6611 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6612 
6613 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
6614 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6615 
6616 	/*
6617 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
6618 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
6619 	 */
6620 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6621 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
6622 		/*
6623 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
6624 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
6625 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
6626 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
6627 		 * into the root vdev tree.
6628 		 */
6629 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6630 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6631 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
6632 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
6633 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
6634 		}
6635 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6636 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6637 	}
6638 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6639 
6640 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6641 
6642 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
6643 #ifdef illumos
6644 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6645 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
6646 #else	/* !illumos */
6647 #ifdef _KERNEL
6648 	callout_reset(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6649 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC, spa_deadman, spa);
6650 #endif
6651 #endif	/* illumos */
6652 
6653 	/*
6654 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
6655 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
6656 	 */
6657 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
6658 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6659 		int i;
6660 
6661 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
6662 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
6663 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
6664 				break;
6665 		}
6666 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
6667 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6668 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6669 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6670 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
6671 		}
6672 	}
6673 
6674 	/*
6675 	 * Iterate to convergence.
6676 	 */
6677 	do {
6678 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
6679 
6680 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
6681 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
6682 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
6683 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
6684 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
6685 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
6686 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
6687 
6688 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
6689 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
6690 		} else {
6691 			/*
6692 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
6693 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
6694 			 */
6695 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
6696 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
6697 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
6698 		}
6699 
6700 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
6701 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
6702 
6703 		while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
6704 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
6705 
6706 		if (pass == 1) {
6707 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
6708 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
6709 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
6710 			/*
6711 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
6712 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
6713 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
6714 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
6715 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
6716 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
6717 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
6718 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
6719 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
6720 			 */
6721 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
6722 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
6723 				/*
6724 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
6725 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
6726 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
6727 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
6728 				 */
6729 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
6730 				    txg));
6731 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6732 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
6733 				break;
6734 			}
6735 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
6736 		}
6737 
6738 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
6739 
6740 	/*
6741 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
6742 	 * to commit the transaction group.
6743 	 *
6744 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
6745 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
6746 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
6747 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
6748 	 */
6749 	for (;;) {
6750 		/*
6751 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
6752 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
6753 		 */
6754 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6755 
6756 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
6757 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
6758 			int svdcount = 0;
6759 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
6760 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
6761 
6762 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6763 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
6764 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
6765 					continue;
6766 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
6767 				if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
6768 					break;
6769 			}
6770 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg, B_FALSE);
6771 			if (error != 0)
6772 				error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg,
6773 				    B_TRUE);
6774 		} else {
6775 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6776 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg, B_FALSE);
6777 			if (error != 0)
6778 				error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6779 				    rvd->vdev_children, txg, B_TRUE);
6780 		}
6781 
6782 		if (error == 0)
6783 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
6784 
6785 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6786 
6787 		if (error == 0)
6788 			break;
6789 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
6790 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
6791 	}
6792 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6793 
6794 #ifdef illumos
6795 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
6796 #else	/* !illumos */
6797 #ifdef _KERNEL
6798 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
6799 #endif
6800 #endif	/* illumos */
6801 
6802 	/*
6803 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
6804 	 */
6805 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
6806 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
6807 
6808 	/*
6809 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
6810 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
6811 	 */
6812 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
6813 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
6814 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
6815 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
6816 	}
6817 
6818 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
6819 
6820 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
6821 
6822 	/*
6823 	 * Update usable space statistics.
6824 	 */
6825 	while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
6826 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
6827 
6828 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
6829 
6830 	/*
6831 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
6832 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
6833 	 */
6834 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
6835 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6836 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
6837 
6838 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6839 
6840 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6841 
6842 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
6843 
6844 	/*
6845 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
6846 	 */
6847 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
6848 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
6849 }
6850 
6851 /*
6852  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
6853  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
6854  * sync.
6855  */
6856 void
spa_sync_allpools(void)6857 spa_sync_allpools(void)
6858 {
6859 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
6860 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6861 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
6862 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6863 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
6864 			continue;
6865 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6866 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6867 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6868 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6869 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6870 	}
6871 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6872 }
6873 
6874 /*
6875  * ==========================================================================
6876  * Miscellaneous routines
6877  * ==========================================================================
6878  */
6879 
6880 /*
6881  * Remove all pools in the system.
6882  */
6883 void
spa_evict_all(void)6884 spa_evict_all(void)
6885 {
6886 	spa_t *spa;
6887 
6888 	/*
6889 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
6890 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
6891 	 */
6892 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6893 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
6894 		/*
6895 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
6896 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
6897 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
6898 		 */
6899 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6900 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6901 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
6902 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6903 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6904 
6905 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6906 			spa_unload(spa);
6907 			spa_deactivate(spa);
6908 		}
6909 		spa_remove(spa);
6910 	}
6911 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6912 }
6913 
6914 vdev_t *
spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t aux)6915 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
6916 {
6917 	vdev_t *vd;
6918 	int i;
6919 
6920 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
6921 		return (vd);
6922 
6923 	if (aux) {
6924 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
6925 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
6926 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6927 				return (vd);
6928 		}
6929 
6930 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
6931 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
6932 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6933 				return (vd);
6934 		}
6935 	}
6936 
6937 	return (NULL);
6938 }
6939 
6940 void
spa_upgrade(spa_t * spa,uint64_t version)6941 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
6942 {
6943 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6944 
6945 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6946 
6947 	/*
6948 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
6949 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
6950 	 * possible.
6951 	 */
6952 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
6953 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6954 
6955 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6956 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6957 
6958 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6959 
6960 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6961 }
6962 
6963 boolean_t
spa_has_spare(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid)6964 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
6965 {
6966 	int i;
6967 	uint64_t spareguid;
6968 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6969 
6970 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6971 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
6972 			return (B_TRUE);
6973 
6974 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
6975 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
6976 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
6977 			return (B_TRUE);
6978 	}
6979 
6980 	return (B_FALSE);
6981 }
6982 
6983 /*
6984  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
6985  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
6986  */
6987 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t * spa)6988 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
6989 {
6990 	int i, refcnt;
6991 	uint64_t pool;
6992 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6993 
6994 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
6995 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
6996 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
6997 		    refcnt > 2)
6998 			return (B_TRUE);
6999 	}
7000 
7001 	return (B_FALSE);
7002 }
7003 
7004 /*
7005  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
7006  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
7007  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev.  This doesn't do anything
7008  * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
7009  * or zdb as real changes.
7010  */
7011 void
spa_event_notify(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd,const char * name)7012 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
7013 {
7014 #ifdef _KERNEL
7015 	sysevent_t		*ev;
7016 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
7017 	sysevent_value_t	value;
7018 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
7019 
7020 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
7021 	    SE_SLEEP);
7022 
7023 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7024 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
7025 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7026 		goto done;
7027 
7028 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7029 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
7030 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7031 		goto done;
7032 
7033 	if (vd) {
7034 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7035 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
7036 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
7037 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7038 			goto done;
7039 
7040 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
7041 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7042 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
7043 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
7044 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7045 				goto done;
7046 		}
7047 	}
7048 
7049 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
7050 		goto done;
7051 	attr = NULL;
7052 
7053 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
7054 
7055 done:
7056 	if (attr)
7057 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
7058 	sysevent_free(ev);
7059 #endif
7060 }
7061